Sie sind auf Seite 1von 242

v3.

00

Composite Bridge Predesign Software

VALIDATION MANUAL
Validation Manual

ACOBRI software

Validation Manual

Index Modification Date

A First edition Delivered with ACOBRI version v2.00 26/10/06

V3.00 Delivered with ACOBRI version v2.00. 10/03/08


Includes the Eurocode EN rules chapters 4 and 6.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 2 / 242


Validation Manual

SYNTHESIS

ACOBRI is a piece of software whose aim is to help for the design of composite bridges
using hot rolled sections. It is used for working out technical solutions during preparatory
engineering studies.
ACOBRI is able to deal with several codes: the French rules the German DIN standards and
the Eurocodes (ENV and EN versions). Three types of bridges can be considered: road
bridges, railways bridges and foot bridges. Several types of girders are covered, including
filler beam decks. For each set of data defined by the user, a calculation sheet is proposed
which details the results. A post processor is also available.
A typical calculation carried out with ACOBRI is the sequence of the following steps:
- Step 1: preparation of the Finite Elements calculations: creation of the grid model,
calculation of the parameters (masses, modular ratio, second moment of area, etc),
- Step 2: for each permanent or live load case, calculation of the moments and forces
in the elements of the model,
- Step 3: analysis and exploitation or the results: the specific criteria of the codes are
verified from the forces and moments found during the previous step.
This document deals with the validation of ACOBRI. To demonstrate the accuracy of the
results, the validation task is organised mainly around two reference bridges (one road
bridge and one railway bridge), calculated for german DIN rules. For this to bridges, each
step and its associated results are checked:
- First step: check of the masses, volumes, the modular ratio, the effective widths of
the concrete slab, the section parameters (Area, second moment of area, torsion
constants), the alternative values of the parameters being calculated with analytical
expressions or EXCEL applications. All deviations found are less than 1%.
- Second step: check of the shear forces and the bending moments for all load cases,
including the envelope forces and moments under live loads. The reference values
are obtained from an other Finite Elements application (ANSYS). The model is built
with exactly the same principle as in ACOBRI: same number of nodes and elements,
same meshing, same numbering, so that the comparison should be made easier.
The comparison between reference values and ACOBRI values shows:
o for significant values, the deviations are always less than 1% under
permanent loads.
o for significant values, the deviations are generally less than 2% for envelope
results under live loads. Some greater deviations have been obtained for
particular cases, due to the different assumptions and method used for both
calculations. It is to be noted here that ACOBRI is based upon a location of
the live load from the lines of influence to obtain the maximal effect whereas
the live loads are calculated with ANSYS by considering all possible locations
of this loads.
- Third step: check of verifications. All the verifications carried out by ACOBRI are
validated, which generally means to also calculate and to check intermediate
parameters (shear area, plastic moments, etc). The serviceability limit states, the
ultimate limit states and the fatigue limit states have been considered. The deviations
on intermediate parameters are less than 1%. The deviations on final criteria are less
than 2% for significant values. Greater values (but less than 4%) can sometimes be
obtained, but due to the deviations previously get from the step 2.
To cover a wider scope, additional cases have been considered for the steps 1 and 3:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 3 / 242


Validation Manual

- Step 1: 9 additional cases which covers other rules (ENV, French rules), any type of
bridges, any type of beams, including steel sheeting, concrete lost plank, concrete
haunches and filler beam deck. All deviations obtained are less than 1 %.
- Step 3: 6 additional cases have been considered, which cover the specific
verifications for concrete crossgirders, the assessment of the bending resistance of
class 3 or class 4 sections, the calculation of normal and shear stresses for various
type of cross sections or configuration not covered by the reference bridges. All
deviations obtained are less than 2%.
This work leads to the conclusion that the results obtained from ACOBRI are reliable.
The two reference bridges are also considered under EN rules, and the validation shows the
accuracy of the ACOBRI calculations for these rules.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 4 / 242


Validation Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 Aim of the document 10


2 Principles and conventions 11
2.1 PRINCIPLES 11
2.2 CONVENTIONS 11
2.3 ABBREVIATIONS 11
3 Reference Road Bridge under DIN rules 12
3.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE BRIDGE 12
3.2 FE MODELISATION 13
3.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations 13
3.2.2 Modular ratios 14
3.2.3 Masses 15
3.2.4 Moments of Inertia of the girders elements 16
3.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements 16
3.3 VALIDATION OF LOADS AND SOLICITATIONS 16
3.3.1 Dead loads 16
3.3.1.1 Weight 16
3.3.1.2 Superstructure 16
3.3.1.3 Superstructure + 16
3.3.1.4 Equipment 16
3.3.1.5 Shrinkage of concrete 16
3.3.1.6 Thermal loads + 16
3.3.1.7 Thermal loads 16
3.3.2 Live loads 16
3.3.2.1 Load Model 1 Tandem system TS 16
3.3.2.2 Load Model 1 UDL system 16
3.3.2.3 Uniformly distributed loads on footways 16
3.3.2.4 Fatigue Load Model 3 on left slow lane 16
3.3.2.5 Fatigue Load Model 3 on right slow lane 16
3.4 VALIDATION OF VERIFICATIONS 16
3.4.1 Combinations 16
3.4.1.1 Abbreviations 16
3.4.1.2 Serviceability limit states 16
3.4.1.3 Ultimate limit states 16
3.4.1.4 Fatigue limit states 16
3.4.2 Section characteristics 16
3.4.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for verifications 16
3.4.2.2 Elastic Modulus 16
3.4.2.3 Positive plastic moment 16
3.4.2.4 Negative plastic moment 16

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 5 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.2.5 Shear area 16


3.4.3 Serviceability limit states 16
3.4.3.1 Deflection 16
3.4.3.2 Minimum reinforcement 16
3.4.3.3 Compression stresses in concrete 16
3.4.3.4 Tension stresses in reinforcement 16
3.4.3.5 Normal stresses in steel girders 16
3.4.3.6 Shear of steel girders 16
3.4.3.7 Interaction shear / normal stresses 16
3.4.4 Ultimate limit states 16
3.4.4.1 Shear force 16
3.4.4.2 Positive bending moment 16
3.4.4.3 Negative bending moment 16
3.4.4.4 Interaction M-V 16
3.4.4.5 Shear buckling 16
3.4.4.6 Lateral torsional buckling 16
3.4.5 Fatigue limit states 16
3.4.5.1 Additional amplification factor 16
3.4.5.2 Damage equivalence factor 16
3.4.5.3 Stress ranges in upper flange 16
3.4.5.4 Stress ranges in lower flange 16
3.5 CONNECTION 16
3.5.1 Shear resistance of the stud 16
3.5.2 Serviceability Limit States requirements 16
3.5.3 Ultimate Limit States requirements 16
4 Reference Road Bridge under EN rules 16
4.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE BRIDGE 16
4.2 FE MODELISATION 16
4.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations 16
4.2.2 Modular ratios 16
4.2.3 Masses 16
4.2.4 Moments of inertia of the girders elements 16
4.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements 16
4.3 LOADS AND SOLICITATIONS 16
4.3.1 Dead loads 16
4.3.1.1 Weight 16
4.3.1.2 Superstructure 16
4.3.1.3 Equipment 16
4.3.1.4 Shrinkage of concrete 16
4.3.1.5 Thermal loads + 16
4.3.1.6 Thermal loads - 16
4.3.2 Live loads 16
4.3.2.1 Load model 1 System TS 16

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 6 / 242


Validation Manual

4.3.2.2 Load model 1 System UDL 16


4.3.2.3 Uniformly distributed loads on the footways 16
4.4 SECTIONS CHARACTERISTICS 16
4.4.1 Effective width of concrete for verifications 16
4.5 VALIDATION OF VERIFICATIONS 16
4.5.1 Serviceability limit states 16
4.5.1.1 Minimum reinforcement 16
4.5.1.2 Stress limits 16
4.5.1.3 Control of cracking 16
4.5.2 Ultimate limit states 16
4.5.2.1 Shear buckling 16
4.5.3 Fatigue limit states 16
4.5.3.1 Stress ranges in the steel beam 16
5 Reference Railway Bridge 16
5.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE BRIDGE 16
5.2 FE MODELISATION 16
5.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations 16
5.2.2 Modular ratios 16
5.2.3 Masses 16
5.2.4 Second moments of area of the girders elements 16
5.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements 16
5.3 VALIDATION OF LOADS AND SOLICITATIONS 16
5.3.1 Dead loads 16
5.3.1.1 Weight 16
5.3.1.2 Cantilevering Weight 16
5.3.1.3 Superstructure 16
5.3.1.4 Superstructure + 16
5.3.1.5 Superstructure 16
5.3.1.6 Equipment 16
5.3.2 Live loads 16
5.3.2.1 Assumptions 16
5.3.2.2 Load Model 71 16
5.3.2.3 Load Model SW0 16
5.3.2.4 Load Model SW2 16
5.4 VALIDATION OF EIGEN MODE 16
5.5 VALIDATION OF VERIFICATIONS 16
5.5.1 Combinations 16
5.5.1.1 Abbreviations 16
5.5.1.2 Serviceability limit states 16
5.5.1.3 Ultimate limit states 16
5.5.1.4 Fatigue limit states 16
5.5.2 Section characteristics 16
5.5.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for verifications 16

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 7 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.2.2 Elastic Modulus 16


5.5.2.3 Plastic moments 16
5.5.2.4 Shear area 16
5.5.3 Serviceability limit states 16
5.5.3.1 Deflection of the rail track 16
5.5.3.2 Deck twist 16
5.5.3.3 Angular rotations at the end of the deck 16
5.5.3.4 Minimum reinforcement 16
5.5.3.5 Calculation of stresses 16
5.5.3.6 Compression stresses in concrete 16
5.5.3.7 Tension stresses in reinforcement 16
5.5.3.8 Normal stresses in steel girders 16
5.5.4 Ultimate limit states 16
5.5.4.1 Shear force 16
5.5.4.2 Positive bending moment 16
5.5.4.3 Negative bending moment 16
5.5.5 Fatigue limit states 16
5.5.5.1 Damage equivalent factor 16
5.5.5.2 Stress ranges 16
5.5.5.3 Stress ranges in upper flanges 16
5.5.5.4 Stress ranges in lower flanges 16
6 Reference railway Bridge under EN rules 16
6.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE BRIDGE 16
6.2 FE MODELISATION 16
6.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations 16
6.2.2 Modular ratios 16
6.2.3 Masses 16
6.3 VALIDATION OF LOADS AND SOLICITATIONS 16
6.3.1 Dead loads 16
6.3.1.1 Weight 16
6.3.1.2 Cantilevering weight 16
6.3.1.3 Superstructure 16
6.3.1.4 Superstructure + 16
6.3.1.5 Superstructure 16
6.3.1.6 Equipment 16
6.3.2 Live loads 16
6.3.2.1 Load Model SW0 16
6.3.2.2 Load Model SW2 16
6.3.3 Eigen mode 16
6.4 VALIDATION OF VERIFICATIONS 16
6.4.1 Serviceability limit states 16
6.4.1.1 Deflection of the rail track 16
6.4.1.2 Stress limits 16

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 8 / 242


Validation Manual

6.4.2 Ultimate limit states 16


7 Validation of parameters 16
7.1 TEST N1 NORMAL BEAMS 16
7.2 TEST N2 BOX GIRDERS 16
7.2.1 DIN Rules 16
7.2.2 EN Rules 16
7.2.3 Symmetrical configuration of the DIN bridge 16
7.3 TEST N3 PREFABRICATED COMPOSITE GIRDERS 16
7.3.1 Eurocode ENV Rule 16
7.3.2 Eurocode EN Rule 16
7.4 TEST N4 BOX GIRDERS 16
7.5 TEST N5 STEEL SHEETING AND NON COMPOSITE PLANKS 16
7.5.1 Slab with steel sheeting, under DIN rules 16
7.5.2 Slab with steel sheeting, under EN rules 16
7.5.3 Slab with non composite concrete planks under DIN rules 16
7.5.4 Slab with non composite concrete planks under EN rules 16
7.6 TEST N6 FILLER BEAM DECK 16
7.6.1 Under DIN rules 16
7.6.2 Under EN rules 16
7.7 TEST N7 16
8 Validation of specific verifications 16
8.1 CONCRETE CROSSGIRDERS 16
8.1.1 ULS Verifications 16
8.1.2 SLS Verifications 16
8.2 WEB BUCKLING (ULS) 16
8.3 CLASS 3 SECTIONS (ULS) 16
8.4 CLASS 4 SECTIONS (ULS) 16
8.5 SHEAR STRESSES FOR DOUBLE SECTIONS 16
8.5.1 Box girders 16
8.5.2 Box girders filled with concrete 16
8.6 NORMAL STRESSES FOR SPECIFIC SECTIONS 16
8.6.1 Box girders and concrete haunches 16
8.6.2 Box girders and reinforcement 16

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 9 / 242


Validation Manual

1 AIM OF THE DOCUMENT


ACOBRI is a piece of software whose aim is to help for the design of composite bridges
using hot rolled sections. It is used for working out technical solutions during preparatory
engineering studies.
ACOBRI is able to deal with several codes: the French rules the German DIN standards and
the Eucodes (ENV version). Three types of bridges can be considered: road bridges,
railways bridges and foot bridges. Several types of girders are covered, including filler beam
decks. For each set of data defined by the user, a calculation sheet is proposed which details
the results. A post processor is also available.
The aim of this document is to demonstrate the accuracy of the results given by ACOBRI.
The principle is to define reference tests, for which alternative calculations are proposed. The
results of these alternative calculations and the results given by ACOBRI will be compared.
The verifications carried out in this document are split up in the following points:
- Accuracy of the initial parameters (modular ratios, section properties, masses, etc).
- Check of the forces and moments for each individual load cases, including permanent
loads and live loads.
- Check of the verification criteria, under serviceability limit states, ultimate limit states
and fatigue limit states.
The document is organised about two reference bridges, one road bridge and one railway
bridge, both under DIN german rules. Some additional tests are proposed to cover other
configurations and other rules. A last chapter deals with the specific treatment of concrete
crossgirders, the assessment of the bending resistance of class 3 or class 4 sections, the
calculation of normal and shear stresses for various type of cross sections or configurations
not covered by the reference bridges.
This document focuses mainly on the DIN german rules because the three other codes are
supposed to be obsolete soon, after the publication of EN rules. The EN rules are planed to
be introduced in ACOBRI and will then be checked.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 10 / 242


Validation Manual

2 PRINCIPLES AND CONVENTIONS

2.1 Principles
The most important part of the alternative results is obtained by Finite Element simulations,
carried out with ANSYS software. The principles of modelisation for these simulations are the
same as ACOBRI (ie same number and numbering of nodes, elements), which leads to
easier comparisons.
It is not possible to reproduce the same method of calculation of live loads with ANSYS,
because ANSYS doesnt deal with lines of influence and research of the worst location of the
loads. An alternative method has been used which is based upon the displacement of live
loads upon the bridge with a predefined step. The choice of live loads location is detailed in
the document for each live load.
The results are treated with the same methods as ACOBRI, so that final results should be
the same. At the end, the results obtained by ACOBRI and by the alternative methods are
compared, with an assessment of the deviations. The important values of deviations, if any,
are explained.
For each test, the parameters (rule, type of bridge, type of beams etc) are detailed. The
name of the .APM file is also proposed.

2.2 Conventions
For this document, the same convention as in ACOBRI is used, ie:

- A positive moment is a moment which tends to crack the concrete slab.


- A negative moment is a moment which tends to compress the concrete slab.
- A compression stress is positive
- A tension stress is negative

It is to be noted that the results of ANSYS calculations have the opposite convention. As a
consequence, the sign of moments obtained with ANSYS will be changed in this document,
to be homogeneous with the convention.

2.3 Abbreviations
Generally, the results will be displayed in tables. According to their origin, the following
abbreviation will be used:
- RV: Reference value, calculated by an alternative method (for example, theoretical
calculations or ANSYS results).
- CS: Result calculated by ACOBRI and read in the Calculation Sheet
- PP: Result calculated by ACOBRI and read in the Post Processing

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 11 / 242


Validation Manual

3 REFERENCE ROAD BRIDGE UNDER DIN RULES

3.1 Description of the bridge


REFERENCE ROAD BRIDGE
Road bridge DIN rules
Normal beams Three beams, three spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Total length = 52 m. Span lengths: span 1 and 3 = 15 m; span 2 = 22 m.
Slab: Width = 10 m; Depth = 27 cm; = 2500 kg/m3
Stud diameter: 22 mm
Section of the beams: Edge beams: HE 800A
Intermediate beam : HE 700B
A footway on each side of the slab. Left Footway width = 2.5 m.
Right Footway width = 0.5 m
Main parameters of the loads:
Footway: Thickness = 210 mm = 2450 kg/m3
Waterproof layer: Thickness = 30 mm = 2400 kg/m3
Roadway surfacing: Thickness = 80 mm = 2300 kg/m3
Security barrier on each side of the bridge. Equivalent load : 1 kN/m
Other loads: at 1.75 m of the left side: 0.525 kN/m
Live loads on footways (pedestrians): only on the left one, on all its width.
No live load on the right footway.
File: ROAD_DIN_1.APM

The transverse drawing of the bridge is represented on the following figure:

Figure 1 : Transverse drawing of the road bridge

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 12 / 242


Validation Manual

Figure 2 : Top drawing of the road bridge

3.2 FE modelisation
A Finite Element Model of the bridge is done, based upon the Beam grid principles. The FE
piece of software ANSYS v10.0 is used. The same meshing and numbering are used as for
the ACOBRI modelisation, so that the comparisons will be made easier. The elements
properties are calculated hereafter.

3.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations


For each span, the effective width of the concrete slab is given by the following relation:

li = b0 + Le / 4

For DIN rules:


End span: Le = 0.85 x length of the span
Intermediate span: Le = 0.70 x length of the span
b0 is the transverse spacing between two studs. Because the stud repartition is not known at
this step of the calculations, the following relation is used:

b0 = bf 2.5 ds = 0.3 2.5 x 0.022 = 0.245 m

Where bf is the flange width and ds the stud diameter.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 13 / 242


Validation Manual

Theoretical values:

So theoretical values of the effective widths of concrete slab are given in the hereafter
table:

Spans
1 2 3
Length (m) 15 22 15
Line l1 (m) 3.43 3.43 2.97 (*)
of l2 (m) 3.50 (*) 3.50 (*) 3.00 (*)
girders l3 (m) 3.43 3.43 2.97 (*)
(*): due to physical limits

ACOBRI values:

The values given in the calculation sheet of ACOBRI are given hereafter, chapter
Properties of sections:

Spans
1 2 3
Line l1 (m) 3.43 3.43 2.97
of l2 (m) 3.50 3.50 3.00
girders l3 (m) 3.43 3.43 2.97

3.2.2 Modular ratios


Following calculations according to DIN104 4.2.3 (4).
Characteristic value of compressive strength of concrete: fck = 35 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 9500 (fck + 8)1/3
Ecm = 33282 MPa
Modular ratio for short term loading: n0 = Ea / Ecm = 6.31
Cross sectional area of concrete: Ac = 10x0.27 = 2.7 m2
Perimeter of slab in contact with atm.: u ~ 2x(10 + 0.27) = 20.54 m
Notional size: h0 = 2 Ac / u = 262.9 mm
Mean value of compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8 = 43 MPa
Coefficients for the influence of concrete strength:
1 = (35/fcm)0.7 = 0.866
2 = (35/fcm)0.2 = 0.960
Factor for the effect of relative humidity:
RH = 2 [1 + 1 (1 RH/100) / (0.10 3 h 0 )] = 1.219

Factor for the effect of concrete strength: (fcm ) = 16.8 / f cm = 2.56


Factor for the effect of concrete age: (t0) = 1 / (0.1 + t00.2)
Coefficient for the development of creep: c(t - t0) = 1 for t =

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 14 / 242


Validation Manual

Creep coefficient: t = 0 c(t-t0)


Notional creep coefficient: 0 = RH (fcm) (t0)
Modular ratio: neq = n0 (1 + L t)

Theoretical values:

So theoretical values of modular ratios are given in the hereafter table:

Reference
values
L t0 (t0) 0 neq
Shrinkage and thermal 0.55 1 0,909 2,839 16.16
Dead loads 1.1 45 0,446 1,394 15.98
Vert. adjustment of support 1.5 45 0,446 1,394 19.50
Live loads 0 / / / 6.31

The values of L and t0 used in this example are the recommended values. These
values can be modified in ACOBRI.

ACOBRI values:

The values given in the calculation sheet of ACOBRI are given hereafter, chapter
Loads and Combinations:

neq
Shrinkage and thermal 16.16
Dead loads 15.98
Live loads 6.31

No deviations are observed.

3.2.3 Masses

Theoretical values:

Area of the section: HE800A: 285.8 cm2


HE700 B: 306.4 cm2
Length of the bridge: 52 m
Total mass of steel: 7850x52x(0.03064+2x0.02858) = 35824 kg
Overlenght: 2 x 200 mm = 400 mm
Corrected mass of steel: 35824x52.4/52 = 36099 kg
Volume of concrete slab: 52x10x0.27 = 140.4 m3
Mass of concrete: 2500x140.4 = 351000 kg

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 15 / 242


Validation Manual

Mass of waterproof layer: 7x52x0.03x2400 = 26208 kg


Footways: 3x52x0.21x2450 = 80262 kg
Roadway surfacing: 7x52x0.08x2300 = 66976 kg

ACOBRI values:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 35824 35840
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 36099 36117
Overlength (mm) 400 2 x 200
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 140.4 140.4
Mass of concrete (kg) 351000 351000
Waterproof layer mass (kg) 26208 26208
Footways mass (kg) 80262 80262
Roadway surfacing mass (kg) 66976 66976

3.2.4 Moments of Inertia of the girders elements


Theoretical values hereunder have been calculated with a specific EXCEL application.

Line of girders n1: HE 800 A

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M- (cm4)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS RV CS RV CS
Construction phase 303400 303440 596.9 596.9
Spans 1 and 3 : Effective width of slab = 3.43 m
Shrinkage and thermal 873957 874074 70226 70265
Dead loads phase 876342 876469 548546 548679 71010 71052
Live loads phase 1064613 1064768 178919 179058
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.50 m
Shrinkage and thermal 878257 878219 71647 71634
Dead loads phase 880636 880609 552258 552258 72447 72438
Live loads phase 1068630 1068641 182558 182568

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 16 / 242


Validation Manual

Line of girders n2: HE 700 B

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M- (cm4)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS RV CS RV CS
Construction phase 256900 256887 830.9 830.9
Spans 1 and 3 : Effective width of slab = 3.43 m
Shrinkage and thermal 761316 761425 70460 70499
Dead loads phase 763537 763656 469145 469263 71245 71287
Live loads phase 942264 942414 179152 179292
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.50 m
Shrinkage and thermal 765321 765286 71881 71869
Dead loads phase 767539 767514 472422 472422 72681 72672
Live loads phase 946150 946160 182792 182802

Line of girders n3: HE 800 A

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M- (cm4)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS RV CS RV CS
Construction phase 303400 303440 596.9 596.9
Spans 1 and 3 : Effective width of slab = 2.97 m
Shrinkage and thermal 843030 842718 60888 60801
Dead loads phase 845452 845151 523168 522954 61567 61482
Live loads phase 1036107 1035868 155004 154817
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Shrinkage and thermal 845204 845165 61497 61486
Dead loads phase 847623 847595 524877 524877 62183 62175
Live loads phase 1038092 1038103 156564 156571

All deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 17 / 242


Validation Manual

3.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements


Because of the important number of slab elements, only few specific ones will be checked.
All ACOBRI values given hereafter come from the post processing module.

Longitudinal elements:

Slab elements n1 and n61 will be checked hereunde r (see Figure 3).

Longitudinal slab
elements Longitudinal girder
elements

Elt n1 Elt n61

x=0

0.875

1.75

Figure 3 : Checking of longitudinal slab elements

The theoretical expressions for the elements characteristics are given by:

b e3 b e3
I y = k1 k2 and It = k 1 k 2
12 n eq 6 n eq

Where:

Iy, It: Second moment of area and torsional inertia of the slab element
k1: k1 = 1.0
k2: Coefficient to take care of the location of longitudinal slab elements
about main girder elements. k2 = 0.01 if the element is located in the
effective width attached to the girder (element n6 1) and k2 = 1 if not
(element n1)
b: Width of the slab element.
e: Thickness of the slab element. e = 270 mm for all slab elements of
this bridge.
neq: Modular ratio

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 18 / 242


Validation Manual

Slab element n1 Slab element n61


Width b (mm) 0.4375 0.875
Coefficient k2 1.0 0.01
RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Loads with Iy (cm3) 4491 4490 89.8 90
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 8981 8980 179.6 180
Loads with Iy (cm3) 4441 4440 88.8 89
3
neq = 16.16 It (cm ) 8881 8880 177.6 178
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 11373 11373 227.5 227
3
neq = 6.31 It (cm ) 22745 22746 454.9 455

All deviations are less than 0.2 % and are due to rounded values.

Transverse elements:

Slab elements n721 and n732 will be checked hereu nder (see Figure 4).

Transverse slab
elements 0.75

Elt n732
0.75

Elt n721 x=0

0.875

Figure 4 : Checking of transverse slab elements

The same relations as for longitudinal slab elements are used to calculate the inertias,
with k2 = 1.0 for all transverse elements.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 19 / 242


Validation Manual

Slab element n721 Slab element n732


Width b (mm) 0.375 0.75
Theo. values ACOBRI Theo. values ACOBRI
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 3849 3849 7698 7697
neq = 15.98 It (cm3) 7698 7697 15396 15398
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 3806 3806 7612 7611
neq = 15.98 It (cm3) 7613 7611 15225 15222
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 9748 9748 19496 19497
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 19496 19497 38992 38994

All deviations are less than 0.1 % and are due to rounded values.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 20 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3 Validation of loads and solicitations


3.3.1 Dead loads
Because of the huge number of values to be checked, it has been decided to present in this
chapter the results obtained only for the following specific sections of the first girder: sections
on supports, sections at the limits of cracked zone for the intermediate supports and mid
span sections (see Figure 5). The other results will be displayed on figures.

Section n61
Support

Span n3
Section n52
Mid-span

Limit of
Section n46
cracked zone
Section n43 Support

Section n39 Limit of


cracked zone

Span n2
Section n31
Mid-span

Section n23 Limit of


cracked zone
Section n19
Support
Section n16
Limit of
cracked zone
Span n1

Section n10
Mid-span

Section n1 Support

Figure 5 : Sections of the first girder to be checked

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 21 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.1.1 Weight
The load case Weight represents the effects of the weight of steel beams and of the
concrete of the slab just after the pouring. Only the rigidities of the steel beams are
considered.

Bending moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 0 -10 /
10 1 M -251.3 -251.3 0.00 % -251.3 -251.3 0.00 %
16 1 L 422.0 422.2 0.03 % 422.0 422.2 0.03 %
19 1-2 S 924.7 924.9 0.02 % 924.7 924.9 0.02 %
23 2 L 141.8 141.8 0.01 % 141.8 141.8 0.01 %
31 2 M -610.5 -610.7 0.03 % -610.5 -610.7 0.03 %
39 2 L 141.8 141.8 0.01 % 141.8 141.8 0.01 %
43 2-3 S 924.7 924.9 0.02 % 924.7 924.9 0.02 %
46 3 L 422.0 422.2 0.03 % 422.0 422.2 0.03 %
52 3 M -251.3 -251.3 0.00 % -251.3 -251.3 0.00 %
61 3 S 0 -10 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

Moments (kNm)

1000

800

600

400 P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
200
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
0 P3 ACOBRI
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400

-600

Figure 6 : Bending moments under Weight load case

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 22 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -119.2 -119.2 0.01 %
10 1 M 506.1 50.56 -0.10 % 72.8 72.8 -0.06 %
16 1 L 183.8 183.8 -0.02 % 204.4 204.4 0.01 %
19 1-2 S 242.4 242.5 0.02 % -268.6 -268.7 0.04 %
23 2 L -205.8 -205.9 0.06 % -183.2 -183.2 0.01 %
31 2 M -121.8 -12.21 0.25 % 121.8 12.22 0.33 %
39 2 L 183.2 183.2 0.01 % 205.9 205.9 -0.01 %
43 2-3 S 268.7 268.7 0.00 % -242.4 -242.5 0.02 %
46 3 L -204.4 -204.4 0.01 % -183.7 -183.8 0.05 %
52 3 M -72.7 -72.8 0.12 % -72.7 -72.8 0.12 %
61 3 S 119.2 119.2 0.01 % x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

3.3.1.2 Superstructure
The load case Superstructure includes the weights of the footway, of the waterproof layer
and of the roadway surfacing.

Bending moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 0.1 0.1 /
10 1 M -185,1 -185,3 0,14% -185,0 -185,5 0,24%
16 1 L 200,2 200,3 0,02% 200,2 199,8 -0,22%
19 1-2 S 509,6 509,2 -0,06% 511,8 511,5 -0,06%
23 2 L 24,0 24,0 0,10% 25,1 25,2 0,07%
31 2 M -420,6 -421,0 0,09% -420,6 -421,0 0,09%
39 2 L 25,1 25,2 0,07% 24,0 24,0 0,07%
43 2-3 S 511,8 511,5 -0,06% 509,6 509,2 -0,06%
46 3 L 200,2 199,8 -0,22% 200,2 200,3 0,02%
52 3 M -185,0 -185,5 0,25% -185,1 -185,3 0,14%
61 3 S 0.1 0.1 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 23 / 242


Validation Manual

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
seen. For the two others files of girders, results are displayed on the following figure:
600
Moments (kNm)

400

200

P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
0
P3 ANSYS
0 10 20 30 40 50
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
-200 P3 ACOBRI

-400

-600

Figure 7 : Bending moments under Superstructure load case

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -77,4 -77,3 -0,04%
10 1 M 25,9 25,8 -0,28% 39,3 39,3 0,00%
16 1 L 108,7 108,7 0,01% 122,4 122,9 0,37%
19 1-2 S 151,9 152,0 0,10% -168,1 -168,6 0,31%
23 2 L -128,1 -127,6 -0,35% -112,2 -112,2 -0,02%
31 2 M -7,2 -7,2 0,61% 7,2 7,2 0,58%
39 2 L 112,2 112,2 -0,02% 128,1 127,6 -0,35%
43 2-3 S 169,1 168,6 -0,29% -151,9 -152,0 0,10%
46 3 L -122,4 -122,9 0,37% -108,6 -108,7 0,08%
52 3 M -39,2 -39,3 0,19% -39,2 -39,3 0,19%
61 3 S 77,4 77,3 -0,05% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 24 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.1.3 Superstructure +
The load case Superstructure + includes the loads of the case Superstructure with an
additional load of 0.5 kN/m2 on the roadway surfacing to take into account the future
maintenance of the bridge.

Bending moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 0.0 0.0 /
10 1 M -191,7 -191,9 0,14% -191,6 -192,0 0,24%
16 1 L 210,4 210,5 0,02% 210,4 210,0 -0,20%
19 1-2 S 530,4 530,1 -0,06% 532,6 532,3 -0,05%
23 2 L 25,9 26,0 0,07% 26,9 26,9 0,08%
31 2 M -441,9 -442,2 0,08% -441,9 -442,3 0,08%
39 2 L 26,9 26,9 0,08% 25,9 26,0 0,12%
43 2-3 S 532,6 532,3 -0,05% 530,4 530,1 -0,06%
46 3 L 210,4 210,0 -0,20% 210,4 210,5 0,02%
52 3 M -191,6 -192,0 0,24% -191,7 -191,9 0,13%
61 3 S 0.0 0.0 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 25 / 242


Validation Manual

600 Moments (kNm)

400

200

P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0
P1 ACOBRI
0 10 20 30 40 50
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

-200

-400

Figure 8 : Bending moments under Superstructure + load case

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -79,9 -79,9 -0,05%
10 1 M 27,2 27,1 -0,35% 41,2 41,2 -0,01%
16 1 L 112,9 112,9 0,01% 126,9 127,4 0,36%
19 1-2 S 156,8 157,0 0,09% -174,1 -174,7 0,30%
23 2 L -133,3 -132,8 -0,33% -117,1 -117,1 -0,02%
31 2 M -7,6 -7,6 -0,08% 7,6 7,6 0,01%
39 2 L 117,1 117,1 -0,02% 133,3 132,8 -0,35%
43 2-3 S 175,1 174,6 -0,28% -156,8 -157,0 0,09%
46 3 L -126,9 -127,4 0,36% -112,8 -112,9 0,08%
52 3 M -41,1 -41,2 0,19% -41,1 -41,2 0,19%
61 3 S 79,9 79,9 -0,05% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 26 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.1.4 Equipment
The load case Equipment includes the effects of the linear loads located on the slab,
representing all other permanent loads not considered in the Weight or Superstructure
laods, including the loads of the security barriers.

Bending moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 0.1 0.1 /
10 1 M -20,9 -20,9 -0,02% -21,0 -21,0 0,02%
16 1 L 18,6 18,6 -0,01% 18,6 18,6 -0,01%
19 1-2 S 53,6 53,6 -0,01% 53,9 53,9 -0,01%
23 2 L 1,7 1,7 0,33% 2,0 2,0 -0,03%
31 2 M -39,6 -39,6 -0,02% -39,6 -39,6 -0,02%
39 2 L 2,0 2,0 0,01% 1,7 1,7 0,40%
43 2-3 S 53,9 53,9 0,00% 53,6 53,6 0,00%
46 3 L 18,6 18,6 -0,03% 18,6 18,6 -0,02%
52 3 M -21,0 -21,0 0,02% -20,9 -20,9 -0,02%
61 3 S 0.1 0.1 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations lass than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 27 / 242


Validation Manual

60
Moments (kNm)

P1 ANSYS
40 P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
20 P3 ACOBRI

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-20

-40

Figure 9 : Bending moments under Equipment load case

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -8,8 -8,8 -0,07%
10 1 M 2,4 2,4 -0,34% 3,8 3,8 -0,13%
16 1 L 11,8 11,8 -0,03% 13,6 13,6 -0,06%
19 1-2 S 17,5 17,5 0,01% -18,7 -18,7 0,03%
23 2 L -13,3 -13,3 0,02% -11,3 -11,3 0,00%
31 2 M -0,6 -0,6 -0,43% 0,6 0,6 -0,37%
39 2 L 11,3 11,3 -0,04% 13,3 13,3 -0,08%
43 2-3 S 18,7 18,7 -0,02% -17,5 -17,5 0,02%
46 3 L -13,6 -13,6 -0,04% -11,7 -11,8 0,04%
52 3 M -3,8 -3,8 0,08% -3,8 -3,8 0,08%
61 3 S 8,8 8,8 -0,07% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 28 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.1.5 Shrinkage of concrete


The load case Shrinkage includes the effects of the shrinkage of the slab concrete. It is
based on the application of equivalent moments (called hereafter isotropic moments), whose
formulas are given below. The effect obtained for this load case will be called the global
effect. The hyperstatic effect is the difference between the global effect and the isotropic
effect, ie the effects due to the hyperstaticity of the structure.
It is to be noted that the isotropic moment is equal to zero in the cracked zone.
The theoretical relations used for a section are:
Miso = NShrink G
NShrink = Shrink Eb Ab

With:

NShrink Normal force in the slab, due to the shrinkage.


Shrink Relative deformation of the shrinkage. For this bridge, Shrink = 310 10-6
G Spacing between the centroids of the composite section and the effective
section of the slab.
Eb Young modulus of concrete
Ab Effective area of concrete to be considered for the section.

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -656,7 -656,9 0,02%
10 1 M -436,0 -436,1 0,03% -436,0 -436,1 0,03%
16 1 L -270,6 -270,8 0,05% 385,5 385,6 0,01%
19 1-2 S 460,9 461,0 0,01% 462,7 462,8 0,01%
23 2 L 456,9 457,0 0,01% -205,4 -205,4 -0,03%
31 2 M -215,0 -215,0 -0,02% -215,0 -215,0 -0,02%
39 2 L -205,4 -205,4 -0,03% 456,9 457,0 0,01%
43 2-3 S 462,7 462,8 0,01% 460,9 461,0 0,01%
46 3 L 385,5 385,6 0,01% -270,6 -270,8 0,05%
52 3 M -436,0 -436,1 0,04% -436,0 -436,1 0,04%
61 3 S -656,7 -656,9 0,02% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 29 / 242


Validation Manual

600
Moments (kNm)

P1 ANSYS
400 P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
200
P3 ACOBRI

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400

-600

-800

Figure 10 : Global bending moments under Shrinkage load case

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -658,1 -656,12 -0,30%
10 1 M -658,1 -656,12 -0,30% -658,1 -656,12 -0,30%
16 1 L -658,1 -656,12 -0,30% 0,0 0
19 1-2 S 0,0 0 0,0 0
23 2 L 0,0 0 -662,4 -662,37 0,00%
31 2 M -662,4 -662,37 0,00% -662,4 -662,37 0,00%
39 2 L -662,4 -662,37 0,00% 0,0 0
43 2-3 S 0,0 0 0,0 0
46 3 L 0,0 0 -658,1 -658,12 0,00%
52 3 M -658,1 -658,12 0,00% -658,1 -658,12 0,00%
61 3 S -658,1 -658,12 0,00% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 30 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 1,4 1,24 /
10 1 M 222,2 222,00 -0,07% 222,2 222,02 -0,06%
16 1 L 387,5 387,35 -0,03% 385,5 385,55 0,01%
19 1-2 S 460,9 460,99 0,01% 462,7 462,78 0,01%
23 2 L 456,9 456,95 0,01% 456,9 457 0,01%
31 2 M 447,4 447,40 0,01% 447,4 447,4 0,01%
39 2 L 456,9 457,00 0,01% 456,9 456,96 0,01%
43 2-3 S 462,7 462,78 0,01% 460,9 460,99 0,01%
46 3 L 385,5 385,55 0,01% 387,5 387,35 -0,03%
52 3 M 222,2 222,01 -0,07% 222,2 221,99 -0,07%
61 3 S 1,4 1,24 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Normal force in the slab

On the left x1000 (kN) On the right x1000 (kN)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 3,733 3,73281 -0,02%
10 1 M 3,733 3,73281 -0,02% 3,733 3,73281 -0,02%
16 1 L 3,733 3,73281 -0,02% 0,000 0
19 1-2 S 0,000 0 0,000 0
23 2 L 0,000 0 3,807 3,80622 -0,02%
31 2 M 3,807 3,80622 -0,02% 3,807 3,80622 -0,02%
39 2 L 3,807 3,80622 -0,02% 0,000 0
43 2-3 S 0,000 0 0,000 0
46 3 L 0,000 0 3,733 3,73281 -0,02%
52 3 M 3,733 3,73281 -0,02% 3,733 3,73281 -0,02%
61 3 S 3,733 3,73281 -0,02% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 31 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 31,3 31,3 -0,01%
10 1 M 30,6 30,7 0,02% 31,2 31,1 -0,04%
16 1 L 29,9 29,9 0,03% 30,4 30,5 0,04%
19 1-2 S 36,4 36,4 0,02% -1,1 -1,1 -1,42%
23 2 L -2,0 -2,0 -0,01% -2,0 -2,0 -0,33%
31 2 M -0,2 -0,2 8,79% 0,2 0,2 8,09%
39 2 L 2,0 2,0 -0,32% 1,9 1,9 -0,48%
43 2-3 S 1,1 1,1 0,68% -36,4 -36,4 0,02%
46 3 L -30,4 -30,4 0,00% -29,9 -29,9 0,02%
52 3 M -31,1 -31,2 0,07% -31,1 -31,2 0,07%
61 3 S -31,3 -31,3 -0,01% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

3.3.1.6 Thermal loads +


The load case Thermal loads + includes the effects of a positive difference of temperature
equal to 10C between the slab and the steel girder s. The same principles of calculations are
used as for Shrinkage load case, with:

Shrink = -T T

T : Thermal dilatation coefficient (1,0 10-5 /C for steel)


T : T = 10C.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 32 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 211,8 211,9 0,03%
10 1 M 92,6 92,7 0,06% 92,6 92,7 0,04%
16 1 L 7,0 7,1 0,45% 7,0 7,1 0,57%
19 1-2 S -30,0 -29,9 -0,10% -28,6 -28,7 0,06%
23 2 L -28,9 -28,9 0,10% -28,9 -28,9 0,09%
31 2 M -29,1 -29,1 0,09% -29,1 -29,1 0,09%
39 2 L -28,9 -28,9 0,09% -28,9 -28,9 0,10%
43 2-3 S -28,6 -28,7 0,06% -30,0 -29,9 -0,10%
46 3 L 7,0 7,1 0,57% 7,0 7,1 0,59%
52 3 M 92,6 92,7 0,05% 92,6 92,7 0,06%
61 3 S 211,8 211,9 0,03% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

250
Moments (kNm)

P1 ANSYS
200
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS

150 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI
100

50

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-50

Figure 11 : Global bending moments under Thermal loads + load case

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 33 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 212,3 212,3 0,00%
10 1 M 212,3 212,3 0,00% 212,3 212,3 0,00%
16 1 L 212,3 212,3 0,00% 212,3 212,3 0,00%
19 1-2 S 212,3 212,3 0,00% 213,7 213,67 0,00%
23 2 L 213,7 213,67 0,00% 213,7 213,67 0,00%
31 2 M 213,7 213,67 0,00% 213,7 213,67 0,00%
39 2 L 213,7 213,67 0,00% 213,7 213,67 0,00%
43 2-3 S 213,7 213,67 0,00% 212,3 212,3 0,00%
46 3 L 212,3 212,3 0,00% 212,3 212,3 0,00%
52 3 M 212,3 212,3 0,00% 212,3 212,3 0,00%
61 3 S 212,3 212,3 0,00% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -0,5 -0,4 /
10 1 M -119,7 -119,63 -0,04% -119,7 -119,64 -0,04%
16 1 L -205,3 -205,23 -0,01% -205,2 -205,21 -0,02%
19 1-2 S -242,3 -242,24 -0,01% -242,3 -242,32 0,01%
23 2 L -242,6 -242,59 0,01% -242,6 -242,59 0,01%
31 2 M -242,7 -242,76 0,01% -242,7 -242,76 0,01%
39 2 L -242,6 -242,59 0,01% -242,6 -242,59 0,01%
43 2-3 S -242,3 -242,32 0,01% -242,3 -242,24 -0,01%
46 3 L -205,2 -205,21 -0,02% -205,3 -205,22 -0,02%
52 3 M -119,7 -119,63 -0,05% -119,7 -119,63 -0,04%
61 3 S -0,5 -0,40 / x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 34 / 242


Validation Manual

Normal force in the slab

On the left x 1000 (kN) On the right x1000 (kN)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
10 1 M -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
16 1 L -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
19 1-2 S -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% -1,228 -1,228 -0,02%
23 2 L -1,228 -1,228 -0,02% -1,228 -1,228 -0,02%
31 2 M -1,228 -1,228 -0,02% -1,228 -1,228 -0,02%
39 2 L -1,228 -1,228 -0,02% -1,228 -1,228 -0,02%
43 2-3 S -1,228 -1,228 -0,02% -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
46 3 L -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
52 3 M -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
61 3 S -1,204 -1,204 -0,03% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -16,6 -16,6 -0,01%
10 1 M -16,1 -16,1 -0,01% -16,2 -16,2 -0,01%
16 1 L -16,4 -16,4 0,04% -16,4 -16,4 0,04%
19 1-2 S -16,6 -16,6 -0,02% -0,1 -0,1 /
23 2 L -0,1 -0,1 / 0,0 -0,1 /
31 2 M 0,0 0,0 / 0,0 0,0 /
39 2 L 0,0 0,1 / 0,1 0,1 /
43 2-3 S 0,1 0,1 / 16,6 16,6 -0,02%
46 3 L 16,4 16,4 0,04% 16,4 16,4 -0,02%
52 3 M 16,2 16,2 0,12% 16,2 16,2 0,12%
61 3 S 16,6 16,6 -0,01% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 35 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.1.7 Thermal loads


The load case Thermal loads - includes the effects of a positive difference of temperature
equal to -10C between the slab and the steel girde rs. The same principles of calculations
are used as for Thermal loads + load case, with T = -10C.

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -211,8 -211,9 0,03%
10 1 M -92,6 -92,7 0,06% -92,6 -92,7 0,04%
16 1 L -7,0 -7,1 0,45% -7,0 -7,1 0,57%
19 1-2 S 30,0 29,9 -0,10% 28,6 28,7 0,06%
23 2 L 28,9 28,9 0,10% 28,9 28,9 0,09%
31 2 M 29,1 29,1 0,09% 29,1 29,1 0,09%
39 2 L 28,9 28,9 0,09% 28,9 28,9 0,10%
43 2-3 S 28,6 28,7 0,06% 30,0 29,9 -0,10%
46 3 L -7,0 -7,1 0,57% -7,0 -7,1 0,59%
52 3 M -92,6 -92,7 0,05% -92,6 -92,7 0,06%
61 3 S -211,8 -211,9 0,03% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figure:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 36 / 242


Validation Manual

50 Moments (kNm)

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

P1 ANSYS
-50
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
-100
P3 ACOBRI

-150

-200

-250

Figure 12 : Global bending moments under Thermal loads - load case

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
10 1 M -212,3 -212,3 0,00% -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
16 1 L -212,3 -212,3 0,00% -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
19 1-2 S -212,3 -212,3 0,00% -213,7 -213,67 0,00%
23 2 L -213,7 -213,67 0,00% -213,7 -213,67 0,00%
31 2 M -213,7 -213,67 0,00% -213,7 -213,67 0,00%
39 2 L -213,7 -213,67 0,00% -213,7 -213,67 0,00%
43 2-3 S -213,7 -213,67 0,00% -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
46 3 L -212,3 -212,3 0,00% -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
52 3 M -212,3 -212,3 0,00% -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
61 3 S -212,3 -212,3 0,00% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 37 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm) On the right (kNm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 0,5 0,4 -12,66%
10 1 M 119,7 119,63 -0,04% 119,7 119,64 -0,04%
16 1 L 205,3 205,23 -0,01% 205,2 205,21 -0,02%
19 1-2 S 242,3 242,24 -0,01% 242,3 242,32 0,01%
23 2 L 242,6 242,59 0,01% 242,6 242,59 0,01%
31 2 M 242,7 242,76 0,01% 242,7 242,76 0,01%
39 2 L 242,6 242,59 0,01% 242,6 242,59 0,01%
43 2-3 S 242,3 242,32 0,01% 242,3 242,24 -0,01%
46 3 L 205,2 205,21 -0,02% 205,3 205,22 -0,02%
52 3 M 119,7 119,63 -0,05% 119,7 119,63 -0,04%
61 3 S 0,5 0,40 -12,66% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Normal force in the slab

On the left x1000 (kN) On the right x1000 (kN)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Deviat. Theo. ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
10 1 M 1,204 1,204 -0,03% 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
16 1 L 1,204 1,204 -0,03% 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
19 1-2 S 1,204 1,204 -0,03% 1,228 1,228 -0,02%
23 2 L 1,228 1,228 -0,02% 1,228 1,228 -0,02%
31 2 M 1,228 1,228 -0,02% 1,228 1,228 -0,02%
39 2 L 1,228 1,228 -0,02% 1,228 1,228 -0,02%
43 2-3 S 1,228 1,228 -0,02% 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
46 3 L 1,204 1,204 -0,03% 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
52 3 M 1,204 1,204 -0,03% 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
61 3 S 1,204 1,204 -0,03% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 38 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 16,6 16,6 -0,01%
10 1 M 16,1 16,1 -0,01% 16,2 16,2 -0,01%
16 1 L 16,4 16,4 0,04% 16,4 16,4 0,04%
19 1-2 S 16,6 16,6 -0,02% 0,1 0,1 /
23 2 L 0,1 0,1 / 0,0 0,1 /
31 2 M 0,0 0,0 / 0,0 0,0 /
39 2 L 0,0 -0,1 / -0,1 -0,1 /
43 2-3 S -0,1 -0,1 / -16,6 -16,6 -0,02%
46 3 L -16,4 -16,4 0,04% -16,4 -16,4 -0,02%
52 3 M -16,2 -16,2 0,12% -16,2 -16,2 0,12%
61 3 S -16,6 -16,6 -0,01% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 39 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.2 Live loads

3.3.2.1 Load Model 1 Tandem system TS


This load model, called hereafter LM1 TS, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 4.3.2. It
corresponds to the circulation of several four wheel tandems on the bridge. This calculation
is based in ACOBRI on the worst possible transverse and longitudinal locations, determined
from the influence lines, for each section and for each studied solicitation - i.e. bending
moment and shear force.
The principles of calculation with ANSYS are different and they can be described by the
following steps:

- Selection of four different configurations of the lanes, as displayed on Figure 13.


- For each configuration of lanes, the tandems are moved along the bridge, a
calculation being carried out for each longitudinal location. The movement of the
tandems is broken up in 100 steps.
- The envelope effects of LM1 TS loads are obtained by considering the envelope
effects of each longitudinal step and each transverse configuration of the lanes.

Lane 1 Lane 2 RA

Configuration n1

Lane 2 Lane 1 RA

Configuration n2

RA Lane 2 Lane 1

Configuration n3

RA Lane 1 Lane 2

Configuration n4
RA = Remaining Area

Figure 13 : Configurations of lanes

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 40 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S 0,5 0,0 -3,6 0,0
10 1 M 235,7 235,8 0,06% -697,8 -696,8 -0,14%
16 1 L 374,2 371,0 -0,86% -224,3 -221,0 -1,47%
19 1-2 S 430,3 423,6 -1,55% -67,0 -66,7 -0,43%
23 2 L 205,4 203,5 -0,90% -291,7 -288,4 -1,11%
31 2 M 107,8 107,4 -0,36% -903,8 -903,0 -0,10%
39 2 L 205,4 205,4 0,04% -291,7 -291,6 -0,02%
43 2-3 S 430,3 422,6 -1,79% -67,0 -66,7 -0,41%
46 3 L 374,2 371,4 -0,74% -224,3 -223,0 -0,59%
52 3 M 235,7 235,9 0,08% -697,8 -696,5 -0,19%
61 3 S 0,5 0,0 -3,6 0,0
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figures:

600
Moments (kNm)

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400

-600

-800 ANSYS
ACOBRI
-1000

Figure 14 : Envelope bending moments LM1 TS Load case Girder n1

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 41 / 242


Validation Manual

800
Moments (kNm)

600

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
-200

-400

-600

-800

-1000

ANSYS
-1200
ACOBRI
-1400

Figure 15 : Envelope bending moments LM1 TS Load case Girder n2

Moments (kNm)
1000

500

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-500

-1000

ANSYS
-1500
ACOBRI

Figure 16 : Envelope bending moments LM1 TS Load case Girder n3

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 42 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:


On the left (kN) On the right (kN)
Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 31,812 31,839 0,08%
10 1 M 70,994 67,558 -4,84% 89,153 85,664 -3,91%
16 1 L 158,9 144,799 -8,87% 161,9 147,724 -8,76%
19 1-2 S 162,84 132,293 -18,76% 15,573 15,489 -0,54%
23 2 L 15,852 15,766 -0,54% 15,89 6,749 -57,53%
31 2 M 67,122 67,284 0,24% 82,738 82,767 0,04%
39 2 L 169,61 169,571 -0,02% 171,73 166,303 -3,16%
43 2-3 S 175,41 162,941 -7,11% 10,205 5,795 -43,21%
46 3 L 8,9964 7,975 -11,35% 6,4328 7,214 12,14%
52 3 M 40,972 37,217 -9,16% 57,678 53,651 -6,98%
61 3 S 153,41 132,297 -13,76% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -153,42 -131,727 -14,14%
10 1 M -57,498 -52,141 -9,32% -40,925 -35,421 -13,45%
16 1 L -6,45 -14,981 132,26% -9,003 -5,225 -41,96%
19 1-2 S -10,186 -5,794 -43,12% -175,4 -155,666 -11,25%
23 2 L -171,8 -171,464 -0,20% -169,61 -169,605 0,00%
31 2 M -82,718 -83,225 0,61% -67,092 -67,854 1,14%
39 2 L -15,889 -6,631 -58,27% -15,85 -15,796 -0,34%
43 2-3 S -15,566 -15,514 -0,33% -162,85 -141,238 -13,27%
46 3 L -161,89 -141,953 -12,32% -158,87 -158,782 -0,06%
52 3 M -88,963 -80,401 -9,62% -70,952 -64,068 -9,70%
61 3 S -31,814 -31,845 0,10% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section
Some important deviations can be observed, but they are not obtained on extreme values.
After investigation, these differences are due to the differences between methods. With
ANSYS, the maximum values are obtained from the envelope of the values for all the
possible locations of the load. With ACOBRI, the maximum values are obtained by locating
the loads about the lines of influence to obtain the worst effects. But the longitudinal lines of
influence are calculated on a longitudinal 2D model representing only one girder. The
distribution effect of the slab is then not taken into account, which may lead to noticeable
differences.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 43 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.2.2 Load Model 1 UDL system


This load model, called hereafter LM1 UDL, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 4.3.2. It
corresponds to the effects of a uniformly distributed load. This calculation is based in
ACOBRI on the worst possible transverse and longitudinal locations from influence lines, for
each section and for each studied solicitation - i.e. bending moment and shear force.
The principles of calculation with ANSYS are different and they can be described by the
following steps:

- Selection of four different transverse configurations of the lanes, as displayed on


Figure 13 see chapter 3.3.2.1.
- For each configuration of lane, calculation of each of the longitudinal configuration, as
displayed in Figure 17.
- The envelope effects of LM1 UDL loads are obtained by considering the envelope
effects of each longitudinal step and each transverse configuration of the lanes.

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S 0,4 0,0 / -1,3 0,0 /
10 1 M 161,8 161,6 -0,07% -308,6 -310,7 0,66%
16 1 L 260,6 263,4 1,10% -100,9 -102,0 1,06%
19 1-2 S 405,8 414,5 2,15% -32,9 -33,5 1,87%
23 2 L 110,4 110,9 0,43% -100,5 -101,8 1,30%
31 2 M 104,3 104,6 0,27% -498,9 -503,1 0,84%
39 2 L 109,6 110,9 1,21% -100,5 -101,8 1,24%
43 2-3 S 407,5 414,5 1,73% -33,2 -33,5 1,04%
46 3 L 260,6 263,4 1,10% -101,0 -102,0 1,00%
52 3 M 161,8 161,6 -0,07% -306,2 -310,7 1,48%
61 3 S 0,4 0,0 / -1,2 0,0 /
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also seen.
For the two others files of girders, results are displayed on the following figures:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 44 / 242


Validation Manual

Configuration n1

Configuration n2

Configuration n3

0 x l1 ; 20 steps
Configurations n4
x

0 x l1 ; 20 steps
Configurations n5
x

0 x l3 ; 20 steps
Configurations n6
x

Configurations n7 0 x l3 ; 20 steps

0 x l2 ; 20 steps
Configurations n8

0 x l2 ; 20 steps
Configurations n9

Figure 17 : Longitudinal configurations for uniformly distributed loads

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 45 / 242


Validation Manual

600
Moments (kNm)

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400
ANSYS
ACOBRI
-600

Figure 18 : Envelope bending moments LM1 UDL Load case Girder n1

Moments (kNm)
600

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400
ANSYS
ACOBRI
-600

Figure 19 : Envelope bending moments LM1 UDL Load case Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 46 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
800

600

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400

-600

ANSYS
-800
ACOBRI

-1000

Figure 20 : Envelope bending moments LM1 UDL Load case Girder n3

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 21,97 22,111 0,63%
10 1 M 23,32 38,372 64,55% 34,77 44,967 29,33%
16 1 L 82,50 82,915 0,50% 89,77 89,851 0,08%
19 1-2 S 106,38 107,767 1,30% 10,38 8,008 -22,84%
23 2 L 7,99 7,441 -6,94% 7,868 7,401 -5,93%
31 2 M 28,28 29,722 5,11% 35,08 36,607 4,34%
39 2 L 100,2 101,459 1,26% 108,28 110,017 1,60%
43 2-3 S 126,7 128,572 1,48% 3,938 3,061 -22,27%
46 3 L 3,373 1,102 -67,34% 2,444 1,324 -45,82%
52 3 M 11,80 11,78 -0,15% 16,37 16,797 2,64%
61 3 S 74,10 74,841 1,01% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 47 / 242


Validation Manual

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -74,093 -74,843 1,01%
10 1 M -16,338 -16,776 2,68% -11,783 -11,786 0,03%
16 1 L -2,4498 -1,327 -45,83% -3,3786 -1,101 -67,41%
19 1-2 S -3,9357 -3,061 -22,22% -126,67 -128,571 1,50%
23 2 L -108,2 -110,001 1,66% -100,15 -101,441 1,29%
31 2 M -35,077 -36,583 4,29% -28,267 -29,695 5,05%
39 2 L -7,8676 -7,4 -5,94% -7,9974 -7,44 -6,97%
43 2-3 S -10,418 -8,008 -23,13% -106,39 -107,767 1,29%
46 3 L -89,763 -89,852 0,10% -82,467 -82,917 0,55%
52 3 M -34,962 -44,965 28,61% -23,531 -38,37 63,06%
61 3 S -21,974 -22,109 0,61% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Some important deviations can be observed, but they are not obtained on extreme values.
After investigation, the same effect as for LM1 TS is obtained (see chapter 3.3.2.1). The
deviations are due to the difference between the methods.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 48 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.2.3 Uniformly distributed loads on footways


This load model, called hereafter LM Footway, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 5.3.2.1 (1). It
corresponds to the effects of a uniformly distributed load. This calculation is based in
ACOBRI on the worst possible transverse and longitudinal locations from influence lines, for
each section and for each studied solicitation - i.e. bending moment and shear force.
The principles of calculation with ANSYS are different and they can be described by the
following steps:

- Only one transverse configuration, as displayed on Figure 21.


- Calculation of each of the longitudinal configurations, as displayed in Figure 17. The
uniform load is applied on the loaded width of the left footway, as defined in
parameters.
- The envelope effects of LM Footway loads are obtained by considering the
envelope effects of each longitudinal step and each transverse configuration of the
lanes.

Loaded footway

Figure 21 : Transverse configuration of LM Footway load case

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S 1,1 0,0 / -0,3 0,0 /
10 1 M 102,5 102,5 -0,01% -248,6 -248,6 0,00%
16 1 L 203,6 203,6 -0,01% -84,6 -84,5 -0,09%
19 1-2 S 381,5 386,1 1,21% -22,6 -22,6 -0,02%
23 2 L 91,4 91,4 -0,04% -100,8 -100,8 -0,03%
31 2 M 60,5 60,5 -0,02% -366,4 -366,4 -0,01%
39 2 L 91,4 91,4 -0,03% -100,8 -100,8 -0,04%
43 2-3 S 386,1 386,1 -0,01% -22,6 -22,6 -0,02%
46 3 L 203,6 203,6 -0,01% -84,5 -84,5 -0,07%
52 3 M 102,5 102,5 0,00% -248,6 -248,6 0,00%
61 3 S 1,1 0,0 / -0,3 0,0 /
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figures:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 49 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
500

400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
-100

-200

-300

ANSYS
-400
ACOBRI

-500

Figure 22 : Envelope bending moments LM1 Foortway Load case Girder n1

Moments (kNm)
75

50

25

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-25

-50

-75

-100 ANSYS
ACOBRI
-125

Figure 23 : Envelope bending moments LM1 Footway Load case Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 50 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-10

-20

ANSYS
-30
ACOBRI

-40

Figure 24 : Envelope bending moments LM1 Footway Load case Girder n3

It has been decided in ACOBRI not to consider the positive part of the transverse line of
influence. It means that when a load which is oriented downwards, leads to an upwards
effect, this load and its effects are neglected. On Figure 24, the ANSYS calculation shows a
maximum absolute value of approximately 35 kNm, to be compared to the maximum
absolute value obtained in girder n1 (Figure 22) o f approximately 380 kNm. The conclusion
is that the approximation done in ACOBRI is appropriate.

girder P3
Loaded width of footway

Transverse line of influence for


Girder n3

Figure 25 : Girder n3 Transverse line of influen ce

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 51 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x 14,473 14,474 0,01%
10 1 M 17,993 35,553 97,59% 26,661 41,155 54,36%
16 1 L 80,498 81,072 0,71% 93,842 93,562 -0,30%
19 1-2 S 124,33 126,225 1,52% 5,7039 5,7 -0,07%
23 2 L 6,6214 6,68 0,89% 8,0686 8,071 0,03%
31 2 M 30,794 32,173 4,48% 35,578 36,944 3,84%
39 2 L 91,356 91,339 -0,02% 104,87 104,874 0,00%
43 2-3 S 140,68 140,609 -0,05% 2,3475 2,347 -0,02%
46 3 L 1,8295 0,874 -52,23% 1,8865 1,788 -5,22%
52 3 M 15,535 15,727 1,24% 18,88 19,424 2,88%
61 3 S 76,933 76,913 -0,03% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S x x x -76,931 -76,917 -0,02%
10 1 M -18,84 -19,414 3,05% -15,526 -15,726 1,29%
16 1 L -1,8784 -1,789 -4,76% -1,8296 -0,873 -52,28%
19 1-2 S -2,3464 -2,347 0,03% -131,86 -140,61 6,64%
23 2 L -104,75 -104,891 0,13% -91,338 -91,345 0,01%
31 2 M -35,581 -36,94 3,82% -30,796 -32,167 4,45%
39 2 L -8,0674 -8,071 0,04% -6,6296 -6,681 0,78%
43 2-3 S -5,7 -5,7 0,00% -126,24 -126,225 -0,01%
46 3 L -94,527 -93,563 -1,02% -80,936 -81,074 0,17%
52 3 M -26,827 -41,156 53,41% -17,984 -35,553 97,69%
61 3 S -14,473 -14,471 -0,01% x x x
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Some important deviations can be observed, but they are obtained for non significant values.
As for other live loads, these deviations are due to the differences of methods between both
calculations.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 52 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.2.4 Fatigue Load Model 3 on left slow lane


This load model, called hereafter LMF 3, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 4.6.4. It corresponds
to the effects of the circulation of a four axles lorry. In both cases, calculation with ACOBRI
and with ANSYS, the lorry is moved on the slow lane in several steps.
The principles of calculation with ANSYS are different and they can be described by the
following points:

- Only one transverse configuration, as displayed on Figure 26.


- The lorry is moved along the bridge, a calculation being carried out for each
longitudinal location. The movement of the lorry is broken up in 100 steps.
- The envelope effects of LMF 3 loads are obtained by considering the envelope
effects of each longitudinal step and for the transverse configuration of the lane.

Left slow lane

Figure 26 : Transverse configuration of LMF 3 load case

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S 0,1 0,0 / -1,5 -0,8 /
10 1 M 162,0 162,0 -0,02% -345,0 -344,5 -0,16%
16 1 L 274,5 274,1 -0,15% -123,0 -122,8 -0,17%
19 1-2 S 326,5 326,3 -0,07% -42,0 -42,0 0,02%
23 2 L 132,5 132,9 0,29% -154,5 -151,9 -1,70%
31 2 M 63,8 63,8 -0,06% -523,0 -522,5 -0,10%
39 2 L 132,5 132,9 0,31% -154,5 -151,9 -1,66%
43 2-3 S 326,5 326,3 -0,06% -42,0 -42,0 0,00%
46 3 L 274,5 274,1 -0,15% -123,0 -122,6 -0,30%
52 3 M 162,0 162,0 -0,03% -345,0 -344,4 -0,17%
61 3 S 0,1 0,2 / -1,5 -0,8 /
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figures:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 53 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
-100

-200

-300

-400
ANSYS
-500
ACOBRI

-600

Figure 27 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on left slow lane Girder n1

Moments (kNm)
400

300

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-100

-200

-300

-400
ANSYS
ACOBRI
-500

Figure 28 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on left slow lane Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 54 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
150

100

50

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-50

-100

-150

ANSYS
-200
ACOBRI

-250

Figure 29 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on left slow lane Girder n3

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 55 / 242


Validation Manual

3.3.2.5 Fatigue Load Model 3 on right slow lane


The same principles are used as in the former chapter, with the transverse configuration of
the slow lane displayed on Figure 30.

Right slow lane

Figure 30 : Transverse configuration of LMF 3 load case

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 S 0,5 0,2 / -1,3 -0,6 /
10 1 M 33,7 33,7 -0,07% -32,4 -32,3 -0,51%
16 1 L 20,0 20,0 0,04% -5,6 -5,6 -0,08%
19 1-2 S 3,5 3,5 0,26% -9,1 -9,1 0,25%
23 2 L 10,2 10,0 -1,50% -2,2 -2,3 0,21%
31 2 M 14,8 14,8 0,06% -55,9 -55,9 0,00%
39 2 L 10,2 10,0 -1,68% -2,2 -2,3 0,04%
43 2-3 S 3,5 3,5 -0,15% -9,1 -9,1 0,24%
46 3 L 20,0 20,0 0,00% -5,6 -5,6 -0,08%
52 3 M 33,7 33,6 -0,12% -32,4 -32,3 -0,50%
61 3 S 0,5 0,2 / -1,3 -0,6 /
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 2%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are displayed
on the following figures:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 56 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments (kNm)
40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50
-10

-20

-30

-40

-50
ANSYS
-60 ACOBRI

-70

Figure 31 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on right slow lane Girder n1

300
Moments (kNm)

200

100

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-100

-200

-300
ANSYS
ACOBRI
-400

Figure 32 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on right slow lane Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 57 / 242


Validation Manual

600
Moments (kNm)

400

200

0
0 10 20 30 40 50

-200

-400

-600

ANSYS
-800
ACOBRI

-1000

Figure 33 : Envelope bending moments LMF 3 on right slow lane Girder n3

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 58 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4 Validation of verifications


All verifications carried out by ACOBRI can be checked either in the calculation sheet or in
the post processing module. The pieces of information given in each case are:

- in the calculation sheet (CS), a table gives the design value, the limit value and the
ratio of the limit value divided by the design value (in absolute values).
- in the post processing module (PP), curves can be displayed to represent the ratio in
each section.

3.4.1 Combinations

3.4.1.1 Abbreviations
The following abbreviations will be used hereafter to represent the load cases.

Abbreviation Load case


W Weight
SS Superstructure
SS(+) Superstructure +
Dead Loads EQ Equipment
TK(+) Thermal loads with +T
TK(-) Thermal loads with T
SH Shrinkage of concrete
UDL Load Model 1 System UDL
Live Loads TS Load Model 1 Tandem System TS
FW Load model of Footways
F3L Fatigue Load Model 3 on left slow lane
Fatigue Loads
F3R Fatigue Load Model 3 on right slow lane

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 59 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.1.2 Serviceability limit states


The combinations to be considered for Serviceability Limit States are given in the following
tables:

Characteristic combinations

The general relations of characteristics combinations are given below:

G + Q + 0 TK
G + TK + 0 Q
G + Q + 0 TK + SH
G + TK + 0 Q + SH

With:

G = W + SS + EQ or G = W + SS(+) + EQ
TK = TK(+) or TK = TK(-)
Q = UDL + TS + 0.5 FW

0: Factor for combination value

The values of 0 considered for this bridge are:

Load Case 0
UDL 0.40
TS 0.75
TK 0.60

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 60 / 242


Validation Manual

So the characteristic combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-1 W + SS(+) + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(+)
SLS-2 W + SS + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(+)
SLS-3 W + SS(+) + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(-)
SLS-4 W + SS + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(-)
SLS-5 W + SS(+) + EQ + TK(+) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW
SLS-6 W + SS + EQ + TK(+) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW
SLS-7 W + SS(+) + EQ + TK(-) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW
SLS-8 W + SS + EQ + TK(-) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW
SLS-9 W + SS(+) + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(+) + SH
SLS-10 W + SS + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(+) + SH
SLS-11 W + SS(+) + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(-) + SH
SLS-12 W + SS + EQ + UDL + TS + 0.5 FW + 0.6 TK(-) + SH
SLS-13 W + SS(+) + EQ + TK(+) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + SH
SLS-14 W + SS + EQ + TK(+) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + SH
SLS-15 W + SS(+) + EQ + TK(-) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + SH
SLS-16 W + SS + EQ + TK(-) + 0.40 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + SH

Frequent combinations

The general relations of frequent combinations are given below:

G + 1 Q + 2 TK
G + 1 Q + 2 TK + SH

With:

0, 1: Factors for combination value

The values of 1 and 2 considered for this bridge are:

Load Case 1 2
UDL 0.40 0.20
TS 0.75 0.20
TK 0.60 0.50

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 61 / 242


Validation Manual

So the frequent combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-17 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(+)
SLS-18 W + SS + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(+)
SLS-19 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(-)
SLS-20 W + SS + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(-)
SLS-21 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(+) + SH
SLS-22 W + SS + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(+) + SH
SLS-23 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(-) + SH
SLS-24 W + SS + EQ + 0.4 UDL + 0.75 TS + 0.2 FW + 0.5 TK(-) + SH

Quasi-permanent combinations

The general relations of quasi-permanent combinations are given below:

G + 2 Q
G + 2 TK
G + 2 Q + SH
G + 2 TK + SH

So the quasi-permanent combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-25 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.2 UDL + 0.2 TS
SLS-26 W + SS + EQ + 0.2 UDL + 0.2 TS
SLS-27 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.5 TK(+)
SLS-28 W + SS + EQ + 0.5 TK(+)
SLS-29 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.5 TK(-)
SLS-30 W + SS + EQ + 0.5 TK(-)
SLS-31 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.2 UDL + 0.2 TS + SH
SLS-32 W + SS + EQ + 0.2 UDL + 0.2 TS + SH
SLS-33 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.5 TK(+) + SH
SLS-34 W + SS + EQ + 0.5 TK(+) + SH
SLS-35 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.5 TK(-) + SH
SLS-36 W + SS + EQ + 0.5 TK(-) + SH

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 62 / 242


Validation Manual

Non-frequent combinations

The general relations of non-frequent combinations are given below:

G + 1 Q + 1 TK
G + 1 Q + 1 TK + SH

With:

1: Factor for combination value. Its value for this case is:

Load Case 1
UDL 0.80
TS 0.80

So the non-frequent combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-37 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(+)
SLS-38 W + SS + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(+)
SLS-39 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(-)
SLS-40 W + SS + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(-)
SLS-41 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(+) + SH
SLS-42 W + SS + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(+) + SH
SLS-43 W + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(-) + SH
SLS-44 W + SS + EQ + 0.8 UDL + 0.8 TS + 0.4 FW + 0.6 TK(-) + SH

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 63 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.1.3 Ultimate limit states


The general relations of characteristics combinations are given below:

G G + Q Q
G G + Q TK + Q 0 Q
G G + Q Q + G,SH SH
G G + Q Q + Q 0 Q + G,SH SH

With:

0: Factors for combination value


G, Q, G,SH: Partial factors

The values of 0 considered for this bridge have been given in the previous chapter.
The values of partial factors used for this bridge are:

G = GSH = 1.35
Q = 1.50

Index Combination
ULS-1 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW
ULS-2 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW
ULS-3 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(+) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-4 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(+) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-5 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(-) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-6 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(-) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-7 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-8 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-9 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(+) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-10 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(+) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-11 1.35 W + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(-) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-12 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TK(-) + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH

3.4.1.4 Fatigue limit states

Index Combination
FLS-1 W + SS(+) + EQ + QFat
FLS-2 W + SS + EQ + QFat

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 64 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.2 Section characteristics

3.4.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for verifications


The theoretical expression for the effective width of the slab to be considered for the
verifications is given in the following figure.

intermediate abutment
pier

Figure 34 : Effective width of concrete for verifications

The spacing b0 between connectors is not known at this state of the study. So an arbitrary
value is chosen with the following formula:

b0 = bf 2.5 d0 = 245 mm

With:

bf: Flange width; here bf = 300 mm for all line of girders


d0: Connectors diameter d0 = 22 mm

The geometric width of concrete available for each line of girders can then be calculated:

Girders P1 P2 P3
b1 (mm) 1627 1627 1627
b2 (mm) 1627 1627 1127

b1 b2 b1 b2 b1 b2

P1 P2 P3

Figure 35 : Geometric width of concrete for verifications

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 65 / 242


Validation Manual

For Spans 1 and 3:

Length: L1 = 15 m
So: Le = 0.85 L1 = 12.75 m and Le / 8 = 1594 mm
So: i = 0.55 + 0.025 Le / bi i = 0.746 for bi = 1627 mm
i = 0.833 for bi = 1127 mm

The values of effective width at mid-span (beff,1) and at abutments (beff,0) are then given
in the following table:

P1 P2 P3
beff,0 (mm) 2623 2623 2373
beff,1 (mm) 3433 3433 2966

Examples: for P1, beff,0 = 245 + 2 x 0.746 x 1594 = 2623 mm


for P3, beff,0 = 245 + 0.746 x 1594 + 0.833 x 1127 = 2373 mm

For Span 2:

Length: L2 = 22 m
So: Le = 0.70 L2 = 15.4 m and Le / 8 = 1925 mm

The values of effective width at mid-span (beff,1) are then given in the following table:

P1 P2 P3
beff,1 (mm) 3500 3500 3000

For intermediate piers:

Le = 0.25 (L1 + L2) = 9.25 m


Le / 8 = 1156 mm

The values of effective width at piers (beff,2) are then given in the following table:

P1 P2 P3
beff,2 (mm) 2557 2557 2528

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 66 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

With the previous calculations, the theoretical effective widths can be calculated and
compared to the ACOBRI values. The results are given in the following table:

P1 P2 P3
Section Span Type d (m) Theo. ACOBRI Theo. ACOBRI Theo. ACOBRI
1 1 S 0 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.37 2.37
10 1 M 7.5 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97
16 1 L 2.25 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 2.79 2.79
19 1-2 S 0 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.53 2.53
23 2 L 3.30 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 2.81 2.81
31 2 M 11 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.00 3.00
39 2 L 3.30 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 2.81 2.81
43 2-3 S 0 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.53 2.53
46 3 L 2.25 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 2.79 2.79
52 3 M 7.5 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97
61 3 S 0 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.37 2.37
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section
(*): d = distance to the nearest support.

Example of calculation: effective width of concrete for Section 16 and girder P1:

Distance to the closest support: d = 2.25 m


L1 / 4 = 3.75 m

So: le = beff,2 + (beff,1-beff,2)x2.25/3.75 = 3.083 m

3.4.2.2 Elastic Modulus


Considering the effective width of concrete, the modular ratio and the different states of the
concrete, the location of elastic neutral axis and the elastic modulus are calculated for:

- the upper and lower flanges (W top and W bot)


- the upper side of concrete slab when concrete is not cracked (W slab)
- the upper layer of reinforcement when concrete is cracked (W rein).

The location of the elastic neutral axis (zel) is given about the lower fibre of the steel section.
Because the huge number of values to be controlled, the verification is carried out only for
sections n10 and 19 and for girders P1 and P2. The elastic moduli are displayed as positive
values for fibres under the neutral axis and as negative values for fibres above the neutral
axis.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 67 / 242


Validation Manual

Girder P1 Section 10

Effective width of concrete: le = 3.433 m


Steel section: HE800A

During the pouring of concrete:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 395 395
3
W top (cm ) -7682 -7682
3
W bot (cm ) 7682 7682

If the slab is not cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 16.16 15.98 6.31 16.16 15.98 6.31
zel (mm) 749 750 839 749 750 839
3
W top (cm ) -211812 -219382 218770 -211600 -219191 218796
3
W bot (cm ) 11675 11686 12696 11675 11686 12696
3
W slab (cm ) -453821 -451898 -303568 -453813 -451884 -303536

If the slab is cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 543 543
3
W top (cm ) -22186 -22184
3
W bot (cm ) 10111 10111
3
W rein (cm ) -11496 -11495

All deviations are less than 1 %.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 68 / 242


Validation Manual

Girder P1 Section 19

Effective width of concrete: le = 2.557 m


Steel section: HE800A

During the pouring of concrete:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 395 395
3
W top (cm ) 7682 7682
3
W bot (cm ) -7682 -7682

If the slab is not cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 16.16 15.98 6.31 16.16 15.98 6.31
zel (mm) 712 714 815 713 714 815
3
W top (cm ) -104639 -106921 399052 -106492 -106935 398729
3
W bot (cm ) 11374 11385 12346 11374 11386 12347
3
W slab (cm ) -376937 -375404 -259458 -377009 -375469 -259480

If the slab is cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 513 513
3
W top (cm ) -18001 -18004
3
W bot (cm ) 9725 9726
3
W rein (cm ) -9837 -9838

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 69 / 242


Validation Manual

Girder P2 Section 10

Effective width of concrete: le = 3.433 m


Steel section: HE700B

During the pouring of concrete:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 350 350
3
W top (cm ) -7339 -7340
3
W bot (cm ) 7339 7340

If the slab is not cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 16.16 15.98 6.31 16.16 15.98 6.31
zel (mm) 666 667 751 666 667 751
3
W top (cm ) -224870 -234032 183706 -224614 -233799 183725
3
W bot (cm ) 11431 11444 12544 11431 11443 12544
3
W slab (cm ) -404974 -403264 -27195 -404964 -403248 -271887

If the slab is cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 479 479
3
W top (cm ) -21236 -21233
3
W bot (cm ) 9797 9797
3
W rein (cm ) -10406 -10405

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 70 / 242


Validation Manual

Girder P2 Section 19

Effective width of concrete: le = 2.557 m


Steel section: HE700B

During the pouring of concrete:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 350 350
3
W top (cm ) -7339 -7340
3
W bot (cm ) 7339 7340

If the slab is not cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 16.16 15.98 6.31 16.16 15.98 6.31
zel (mm) 633 634 729 632 634 729
3
W top (cm ) -103996 -106410 306706 -104000 -106424 306504
3
W bot (cm ) 11108 11121 12160 11108 11121 12161
3
W slab (cm ) -336331 -334962 -231979 -336395 -335020 -231999

If the slab is cracked:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 453 453
3
W top (cm ) -17199 -17201
3
W bot (cm ) 9399 9400
3
W rein (cm ) -8912 -8913

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 71 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.2.3 Positive plastic moment


It is to be noted that a positive moment tends to compress the concrete slab (see chapter
2.1).
Considering the effective widths of the slab, as determined in chapter 3.4.2.1, the plastic
characteristics of the sections are calculated: the class of the section, the plastic moment,
the location of the neutral axis and factor.

The material properties used are:

- concrete: 0.85 fck / c = 19.83 MPa


- steel: fy / M0 = 440 MPa

with:

fck: Characteristic value of the cylinder compressive strength of concrete at 28


days; for this case, fck = 35 MPa.
fy: Yield strength of the steel of girders. fy = 440 MPa
c: Partial factor for concrete; c = 1.5
M0: Partial factor for steel; M0 = 1.0

Class of sections under positive moment:

Under positive moment, the lower flange is in tension and the upper flange either in
tension or in compression. But the upper flange is held by the slab, so that if under
compression, it can be considered as a class 1. The class of the section under positive
moment is then only function of the class of the web for this moment.
And considering the location of plastic neutral axis (see hereafter) which is always
located above the web, the all web is always in the tension part. So its class is 1.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 72 / 242


Validation Manual

MPlRd, zPNE, :

MPlRd is the positive plastic moment, zPNE the location the plastic neutral axis about the
bottom fibre of the section and the factor calculated from DIN 104 4.4.1.2 to take into
account the effect of the location of the neutral plastic axis. The results of both
theoretical and ACOBRI calculations are presented in the following table for the girder
n1. Theoretical values are obtained from an altern ative EXCEL application for
composite sections.

MPlRd (kNm) zPNE (mm)


Section Span Type Theo. ACOBRI Theo. ACOBRI Theo. ACOBRI
1 1 S 6845.5 6843 818.2 818.2 0.95 0.953
10 1 M 7204.4 7202 875.3 875.3 0.99 0.985
16 1 L 7072.5 7070 854.3 854.3 0.97 0.974
19 1-2 S 6806.9 6804 812.1 812.1 0.95 0.950
23 2 L 7089.3 7086 857.0 857.0 0.98 0.975
31 2 M 7226.8 7224 878.8 878.8 0.99 0.987
39 2 L 7089.3 7086 857.0 857.0 0.98 0.975
43 2-3 S 6806.9 6804 812.1 812.1 0.95 0.950
46 3 L 7072.5 7070 854.3 854.3 0.97 0.974
52 3 M 7204.4 7202 875.3 875.3 0.99 0.985
61 3 S 6845.5 6843 818.2 818.2 0.95 0.953
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

All deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 73 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.2.4 Negative plastic moment


It is to be noted that a negative moment tends to put the concrete slab under tension (see
chapter 2.1).
Considering the effective widths of the slab, as determined in chapter 3.4.2.1, the plastic
characteristics of the sections are calculated: the class of the section, the location of the
plastic neutral axis and the plastic moment.

The material properties used are:

- concrete: 0.85 fck / c = 19.83 MPa


- steel: fy / M0 = 440 MPa
- reinforcement: frein / v = 434,8 MPa

With:

fck: Characteristic value of the cylinder compressive strength of concrete at 28


days; for this case, fck = 35 MPa.
fy: Yield strength of the steel of girders. fy = 440 MPa
frein: Yield stress of the reinforcement steel. frein =500 MPa
c: Partial factor for concrete; c = 1.5
M0: Partial factor for steel; M0 = 1.0
v: Partial factor for reinforcement; v = 1.15

Class of sections under negative moment:

Under negative moment, the lower flange is in compression and the web is partially or
totally under compression.
235
= = 0.731
440
Class of the flanges under compression: (reference DIN 103 Tabelle II-5.3.1 Blatt 3)

HE800A HE700B
bf 300 300
tf 28 32
c = bf / 2 150 150
c / tf 5.35 10 4.69 10
Class 1 1

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 74 / 242


Validation Manual

Class of the webs (reference DIN 103 Tabelle II-5.3.1 Blatt 1)

Considering the location of the neutral plastic axis (see hereafter), the web is
under compression.

HE800A HE700B
d 674 582
tw 15 17
d / tw 44.9 > 38 34.2 > 38
Class 3 or 4 3 or 4
38 = 27.7
The class of the web is function of the elastic distribution of stresses, which has
to be lead for each section and each combination of loads. Considering an
representative factor for the stress distribution equal to -0.25, the limit between
the two classes 3 and 4 is then: S3 = 42 / (0.67+0.33 ) = 52.2. For both
sections, the relation is then verified d / tw < S3.
The class of the web is 3 in all cases.

According to DIN 103 5.3.4, the sections will be considered as Class 2 sections
considering an effective part of the web, defined by the following figure:

20 tw

20 tw

Figure 36 : Effective part of the web

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 75 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.2.5 Shear area


The expression of the shear area is given by the following relation:

Av = A 2 b tf + (tw + 2 r) tf

r tf

tw Shear section Av

Figure 37 : Shear section

The theoretical value calculated for the three files of girders and the values obtained with
ACOBRI are compared in the following table:

File P1 File P2 File P3


Beam section HE800A HE700B HE800A
Theoretical value (cm2) RV 138.83 137.10 138.83
2
ACOBRI result (cm ) CS 138.83 137.10 138.83

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 76 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.3 Serviceability limit states

3.4.3.1 Deflection
The deflection of the girders is controlled by verifying in each section the following relation:

f L / 500

where f is the deflection under Load Model 1 load cases (sum of TS and UDL load cases)
and L is the length of the relevant span.
As a result of the calculations carried out with ANSYS for LM1 load cases (see chapters
3.3.2.1and 3.3.2.2), the envelope vertical descending deflections of the girders have been
extracted and combined.
It is to be noted that for ACOBRI process, the envelope deflections is calculated by
considering all the loads location obtained for the maximisation of bending moments or shear
forces. On the contrary, the deflections obtained with ANSYS are the envelope deflection
during the regular circulation of the loads as described in chapters 3.3.2.1and 3.3.2.2.
The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following table (deflection in cm):

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type f flim flim / f f flim flim / f Deviation
1 1 S 0,000 3,0 0,000 0,000 3,0 0,000
10 1 M 0,927 3,0 0,309 0,930 3,0 0,310 0,35%
16 1 L 0,384 3,0 0,128 0,390 3,0 0,128 1,54%
19 1-2 S 0,000 0,0 0,000 0,000 4,4 0,000
23 2 L 0,955 4,4 0,217 0,960 4,4 0,218 0,56%
31 2 M 2,397 4,4 0,545 2,410 4,4 0,547 0,56%
39 2 L 0,955 4,4 0,217 0,960 4,4 0,218 0,56%
43 2-3 S 0,000 0,0 0,000 0,000 3,0 0,000
46 3 L 0,384 3,0 0,128 0,390 3,0 0,128 1,54%
52 3 M 0,927 3,0 0,309 0,930 3,0 0,310 0,36%
61 3 S 0,000 3,0 0,000 0,000 3,0 0,000
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

All the deviation are less than 2%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 77 / 242


Validation Manual

0.90

P1 ANSYS
0.80
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0.70 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI
0.60

0.50

0.40

0.30

0.20

0.10

0.00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 38 : Deflection criteria Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 78 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.3.2 Minimum reinforcement


According to DIN 104 5.3.2.2, the minimum reinforcement is verified in each section with the
following relation:

k d k c k f ct,eff
s <
s

Note: the terminology of the DIN rules is adopted here. But in ACOBRI documents,
the terminology of ENV rules is used, that may be slightly different.

With:

s: reinforcement factor: s = 1.1 %


kd = 0.9
k = 0.8
fct,eff: mean value of the tensile strength of the concrete
fct,eff = fctm = 0.3 fcj2/3 = 3.21 MPa
kc: is a coefficient which takes account of the stress distribution within the section
immediately prior to cracking and is given by:

1
kc = + 0.3 1.0
hc
1+
2 z0

h c: is the thickness of the concrete flange, excluding any haunch or ribs.


z0: is the vertical distance between the centroids of the un-cracked concrete
flange and the uncracked composite section, calculated using the modular
ratio neq for short-term loading (here neq = 6.31).
s: is the maximum stress permitted in the reinforcement immediately after
cracking. The value of s is given by table 4.120 from a maximum bar
diameter ds* = 20 mm, for wk = 2 mm. So s = 192 MPa.
Note: In ENV 1994-2 5.3.2.2, s can be increased by a factor. This possibility is no
more available neither in DIN nor in EN rules.

The ratio can then be defined by the following expression:

k d k c k f ct,eff
=
s s

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 79 / 242


Validation Manual

The ratios obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following table:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type ratio ratio Deviation
1 1 S 0,81 0,81 0,04%
10 1 M 0,76 0,76 -0,02%
16 1 L 0,78 0,78 0,05%
19 1-2 S 0,82 0,82 0,00%
23 2 L 0,78 0,78 0,03%
31 2 M 0,75 0,75 0,01%
39 2 L 0,78 0,78 0,03%
43 2-3 S 0,82 0,82 0,00%
46 3 L 0,78 0,78 0,05%
52 3 M 0,76 0,76 -0,02%
61 3 S 0,81 0,81 0,04%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

All deviations are less than 1%.

0,84

0,82

0,80

0,78

0,76 P1 EXCEL
P2 EXCEL
P3 EXCEL
0,74 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI
0,72
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 39 : Minimum reinforcement criteria Comparison of EXCEL and ACOBRI ratios

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 80 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.3.3 Compression stresses in concrete


For all the longitudinal stresses calculated hereafter (compression in concrete in this chapter,
tension in reinforcement in chapter 3.4.3.3 and normal stresses in steel girders in chapter
3.4.3.5), the state of concrete needs to be known. It means that for each combination and for
each section, the normal stress in the slab will be calculated with the elastic modulus
determined with the assumption of a non cracked concrete. If this normal stresses is a
compression stress, the assumption is correct, so that other stresses in the section and for
the considered combination can be calculated with the same assumption. But if the normal
stress is a tension stress, the assumption is not verified, so that the concrete has to be
considered as cracked and the other normal stresses will be calculated with the elastic
modulus for cracked concrete.

The SLS combinations considered for the calculations of normal stresses are:

- characteristic combinations for normal stresses in steel girders,


- non frequent combinations for compression in concrete, tension in reinforcement
(cracked concrete).

The compression in the concrete is controlled by verifying in each section the following
relation:

concrete < 0.6 fck

With:

concrete: compressive stress in the upper fibre of the concrete slab


fck: limit of compressive strength in concrete.
For the present case, fck = 35 MPa.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 81 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following table (stresses in MPa): (Ratio con = concrete / (0.6 fck))

On the left On the right


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Sec Spa Ty
tion con con concret con (%) con con concret con (%)
n pe
1 1 S x x x x x 0,46 0,022 0,45 0,021 -4,54
10 1 M 3,59 0,171 3,59 0,171 0,10 3,59 0,171 3,59 0,171 0,10
16 1 L 0,76 0,036 0,75 0,036 0,03 0,76 0,036 0,75 0,036 0,03
19 1-2 S 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000
23 2 L 1,46 0,070 1,46 0,069 -0,73 1,46 0,070 1,45 0,069 -0,73
31 2 M 5,48 0,261 5,49 0,262 0,31 5,48 0,261 5,49 0,262 0,31
39 2 L 1,46 0,070 1,46 0,070 0,70 1,46 0,070 1,46 0,070 0,70
43 2-3 S 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000 0,00 0,000
46 3 L 0,76 0,036 0,76 0,036 0,01 0,76 0,036 0,75 0,036 0,01
52 3 M 3,58 0,171 3,59 0,171 0,28 3,58 0,171 3,59 0,171 0,28
61 3 S 0,46 0,022 0,45 0,021 -4,49 x x x x x

Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section


For all significant values, the deviations are less than 1%.

0,40

0,35

P1 ANSYS
0,30 P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
0,25 P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,20

0,15

0,10

0,05

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 40 : Compression in the slab Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 82 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.3.4 Tension stresses in reinforcement


According to DIN 104 5.2 (4), the tension stresses in reinforcement are verified in each
section for non-frequent combinations with the following relations:

rein < 0.8 fsk

With:

rein: tension stresses in the upper layer of reinforcement, which takes into account
the increase due to the effects of tension stiffening of concrete:
rein = s0 + s
0,4 f ctm AI
s = and st =
st s A a Ia
fctm: mean tensile strength in concrete, 3.21 MPa for this case
s: reinforcement ratio = 0.01 for this case
A, I: Area and second moment of area of the composite section under negative
moment
Aa, Ia: Area and second moment of area of the steel section.
fsk: yielding stress for reinforcement steel. For this case: fsk = 500 MPa

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following table (stresses in MPa): (Ratio rein = rein / (0.8 fsk))

On the left On the right


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Sec Spa Ty
tion rein rein rein rein (%) rein rein rein rein (%)
n pe
1 1 S x x x x x 55,5 0,14 55,4 0,14 -0,47%
10 1 M 86,5 0,22 86,4 0,22 -0,07 86,5 0,22 86,4 0,22 -0,07%
16 1 L 173,3 0,43 173,3 0,43 -0,07 173,1 0,43 173,1 0,43 0,04%
19 1-2 S 260,7 0,65 260,9 0,65 0,03 260,9 0,65 261,4 0,65 0,12%
23 2 L 134,6 0,34 134,4 0,34 -0,14 134,6 0,34 134,6 0,34 -0,14%
31 2 M 75,1 0,19 75,1 0,19 0,09 75,1 0,19 75,1 0,19 0,09%
39 2 L 134,5 0,34 134,7 0,34 0,20 134,5 0,34 134,6 0,34 -0,09%
43 2-3 S 261,2 0,65 261,3 0,65 -0,01 261,0 0,65 260,8 0,65 -0,09%
46 3 L 173,1 0,43 173,1 0,43 0,04 173,3 0,43 173,3 0,43 -0,07%
52 3 M 86,5 0,22 86,4 0,22 -0,07 86,5 0,22 86,4 0,22 -0,07%
61 3 S 55,5 0,14 55,4 0,14 -0,47 x x x x x

Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

All deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 83 / 242


Validation Manual

0,70

0,60
P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0,50 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 41 : Tension in reinforcement Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios

3.4.3.5 Normal stresses in steel girders


According to DIN 104 5.2 (6) and DIN 103, the normal stresses in steel girders are verified in
each section for characteristic combinations with the following relations:
fy
top <
M,ser
fy
bot <
M,ser

With:

top, bot: normal stresses in the upper and the lower flange
M,ser: partial coefficient. In this case, M,ser = 1.00
fy: yielding stress.

The thicknesses of the flanges are 28 mm (HE800A) and 32 mm (HE700B). For these
thicknesses and for S460 steel, according to EN 10113-3 used in ACOBRI, the yielding
stress is fy = 440 MPa.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 84 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables (stresses in MPa):

Stresses in upper flange (top)

Ratio top = top M,ser / fy

On the left On the right


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Sec Spa Ty
tion top top top top (%) top top top top (%)
n pe
1 1 S x x x x x 65,4 0,149 65,37 0,15 0,29
10 1 M 90,46 0,21 90,46 0,21 0,20 90,5 0,206 90,46 0,21 0,20
16 1 L 127,07 0,29 127,07 0,29 0,07 127,0 0,289 126,95 0,29 0,15
19 1-2 S 243,59 0,55 243,77 0,55 0,07 243,7 0,554 244,02 0,56 0,21
23 2 L 66,47 0,15 66,38 0,15 -0,05 66,5 0,151 66,44 0,15 -0,05
31 2 M 135,74 0,31 135,75 0,31 0,16 135,7 0,308 135,76 0,31 0,16
39 2 L 66,43 0,15 66,54 0,15 0,01 66,4 0,151 66,48 0,15 0,01
43 2-3 S 243,91 0,55 243,96 0,55 -0,06 243,8 0,554 243,71 0,55 -0,02
46 3 L 126,97 0,29 126,97 0,29 0,15 127,1 0,289 127,09 0,29 0,07
52 3 M 90,46 0,21 90,46 0,21 0,19 90,5 0,206 90,46 0,21 0,19
61 3 S 65,37 0,15 65,37 0,15 0,29 x x x x x

Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 85 / 242


Validation Manual

0,60

0,50

0,40

P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0,30 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 42 : Normal stresses in upper flange Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios

Stresses in lower flange (bot)

Ratio bot = bot M,ser / fy

On the left On the right


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Sec Spa Ty
tion bot bot bot bot (%) bot bot bot bot (%)
n pe
1 1 S x x x x x 19,0 0,043 18,74 0,04 -0,31
10 1 M 143,62 0,33 143,72 0,33 0,18 143,6 0,326 143,74 0,33 0,18
16 1 L 203,04 0,46 203,02 0,46 -0,10 202,8 0,461 202,78 0,46 0,00
19 1-2 S 348,47 0,79 348,78 0,79 0,13 348,7 0,792 349,24 0,79 0,20
23 2 L 117,82 0,27 117,63 0,27 -0,29 117,8 0,268 117,76 0,27 0,08
31 2 M 255,23 0,58 255,55 0,58 0,16 255,2 0,580 255,55 0,58 0,16
39 2 L 117,74 0,27 117,95 0,27 0,16 117,7 0,268 117,82 0,27 0,16
43 2-3 S 349,07 0,79 349,14 0,79 -0,04 348,9 0,793 348,68 0,79 -0,12
46 3 L 202,84 0,46 202,83 0,46 0,00 203,0 0,461 203,06 0,46 0,12
52 3 M 143,42 0,33 143,71 0,33 0,32 143,4 0,326 143,69 0,33 0,32
61 3 S 18,98 0,04 18,74 0,04 -0,29 x x x x x

Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 86 / 242


Validation Manual

0,90

0,80
P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
0,70 P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
0,60 P3 ACOBRI

0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 43 : Normal stresses in lower flange Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios

3.4.3.6 Shear of steel girders


According to DIN 104 5.2 (6) and DIN 103, the shear stresses in steel girders are verified in
each section for characteristic combinations with the following relation:
fy
Ed <
3 M,ser

With:

Ed: Shear stress in steel girder


M,ser: partial coefficient. In this case, M,ser = 1.00
fy: yielding stress.

The thicknesses of the flanges are 28 mm (HE800A) and 32 mm (HE700B). For these
thicknesses and for S460 steel, according to EN 10113-3 used in ACOBRI, the yielding
stress is fy = 440 MPa.

The associated ratio is = Ed / (fy / 3 M,Ser)

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 87 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type (%)
1R 1 S 0,137 0,131 -4,51%
16L 1 L 0,179 0,175 -2,01%
16R 1 L 0,194 0,190 -2,00%
19L 1 S 0,225 0,217 -3,67%
19R 2 S 0,236 0,232 -1,49%
23L 2 L 0,195 0,195 0,14%
23R 2 L 0,178 0,179 0,35%
39L 2 L 0,178 0,179 0,33%
39R 2 L 0,195 0,194 -0,40%
43L 2 S 0,237 0,234 -1,30%
43R 3 S 0,226 0,220 -2,46%
46L 3 L 0,194 0,188 -3,08%
46R 3 L 0,179 0,179 0,24%
61L 3 S 0,137 0,131 -4,51%

3.4.3.7 Interaction shear / normal stresses


According to DIN 104 5.2 (6) and DIN 103, the interaction of shear and normal stresses in
steel girders is verified in each section for characteristic combinations with the following
relations:
fy fy
VM,t < and VM,b <
M,ser M,ser

With:

VM,t, bVM,b: Von Mises stresses calculated at the top and the bottom fibres of the
web.
M,ser: partial coefficient. In this case, M,ser = 1.00
fy: yielding stress. fy = 440 MPa

The Von Mises stresses are calculated with the following relation, where is the normal
stress and the shear stress:

VM = 2 + 3 2

The Von Mises stresses are calculated at the most unfavourable place of interaction, ie the
top and the bottom fibres of the web.
For live loads, couples of envelope moments and concomitant shear forces have to be
considered as well as couple of envelope shear forces and concomitant moments. Because

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 88 / 242


Validation Manual

this can not be automatically operated from the ANSYS results, this verification will be
checked from the ACOBRI values (forces and moments), for the section at the first
intermediate pier, of the second girder.
For this section, the forces and moments calculated by ACOBRI are:

Load case M (kNm) V(kN)


Weight (W) -930.3 243.9
Superstructure (SS) -272.2 73.9
Superstructure + (SSP) -321.1 89.9
Equipment (EQ) 4.86 -4.72
Thermal loads + T (THP) (1) 230.7 -14.8
Thermal loads - T (THM) (1) -230.7 14.8
Shrinkage (SH) (1) -410.6 28.3
Live loads UDL (UDL) -505.6 180.7
M envelope
Live loads TS (TS) -525.8 69.8
V concomitant
Live footways (FW) -62.6 5.98
Live loads UDL (UDL) -503.9 180.7
M envelope
Live loads TS (TS) -206.4 385.8
V concomitant
Live footways (FW) -62.43 5.98
(1): hyperstatic moment

VM,t
rc = 18

tw = 17.0 ht = 360

tf = 32.0
VM,b

bf = 300

Figure 44 : HEB700 dimensions

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 89 / 242


Validation Manual

The second moment of area I and the location the neutral axis zANE are given by ACOBRI.
From these values, the elastic modulus of the top and bottom fibres of the web can be
calculated, with the relations:

Wtop = I / (ht tf zANE)

Wbot = I / (tf zANE)

The values obtained are (considering an effective of concrete equal to 2.56 m and a cracked
concrete):

Construction phase Other loads


4
Inertia (cm ) 256887 425466
zANE (cm) 35.00 45.27
Wtop (cm3) 8078,2 19756,9
Wbot (cm3) -8078,2 -10114,4

The shear area considered is Av = 137.1 cm2.


The normal stresses, the shear stresses and then the Von Mises stresses can be calculated,
for each of the characteristic combination. The envelope values obtained are:

M envelope V envelope
V concomitant M concomitant
Top fibre 226.7 229.3
Bottom fibre 315.6 298.4

The envelope value to be considered for the verification is then 315.6 MPa, compared to the
limit fy / Mser = 440 MPa.
The value calculated by ACOBRI is VMmax = 315.6 for a limit equal to 440 MPa.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 90 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.4 Ultimate limit states

3.4.4.1 Shear force


The resistance to shear force under ULS combinations is verified in each section by the
following relation:

VEd < VplRd

With:

VEd: Shear force in the section under the considered combination of load cases.
VplRd: Resistant shear force, given by the relation:

A v fy
VplRd =
M0 3

Av: Shear section as calculated in 3.4.2.4.


M0: Partial factor for resistance of cross-sections; M0 = 1.0

The associated ratio will be:

VEd
=
VplRd

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables (Moments in kNm):

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type (%)
1R 1 S 0,193 0,184 -4,52%
16L 1 L 0,249 0,244 -2,13%
16R 1 L 0,271 0,265 -2,10%
19L 1 S 0,314 0,302 -3,94%
19R 2 S 0,334 0,328 -1,67%
23L 2 L 0,277 0,278 0,36%
23R 2 L 0,254 0,255 0,31%
39L 2 L 0,254 0,255 0,29%
39R 2 L 0,277 0,275 -0,75%
43L 2 S 0,336 0,331 -1,45%
43R 3 S 0,315 0,306 -2,80%
46L 3 L 0,271 0,262 -3,26%
46R 3 L 0,249 0,25 0,28%
61L 3 S 0,193 0,184 -4,52%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 91 / 242


Validation Manual

The deviations obtained are the results of the deviations obtained in the calculation of shear
forces under live loads and explained before (see chapter 3.3.2).

0,45

0,40

0,35

0,30

P1 ANSYS
0,25 P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
0,20 P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,15

0,10

0,05

0,00
0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0

Figure 45 : Shear force


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULS Combinations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 92 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.4.2 Positive bending moment


It has been proven in 3.4.2.3 that all sections are class 1 under a positive moment. So
according to DIN 104 4.4.1, the resistance to positive bending moment is verified in each
section for ULS combinations with the following relations:

MEd < MPlRd

With:

MEd: Positive bending moment in the section under the considered combination of
load cases.
MPlRd: Positive resistant bending moment (considering a non cracked concrete under
compression) as calculated in 3.4.2.3.
: Factor calculated according to DIN 104 4.4.1.2 (4) to take into account the
location of the plastic neutral axis. See chapter 3.4.2.3.

The associated ratio will be:

MEd
=
MPlRd

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables (Moments in kNm):

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type Cn Cn (%)
1 1 S 0,185 11 0.18 11 -0,16%
10 1 M 0,410 7 0.41 7 0,11%
16 1 L 0,000 8 0.01 8
19 1-2 S 0,000 / 0 /
23L 2 L 0,103 8 0.10 8 -0,31%
23R 2 L 0.063 2 0.06 2 -0,31%
31 2 M 0,581 7 0.58 7 0,24%
39L 2 L 0.103 8 0.10 8 -0,32%
39R 2 L 0,063 2 0.06 2 1,25%
43 2-3 S 0,000 / 0 /
46 3 L 0,007 8 0.01 8
52 3 M 0,409 7 0.41 7 0,12%
61 3 S 0,185 11 0.18 11 -0,16%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section
Cn: gives the index of the combination for which t he ratio is maximum
For all significant values, the deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 93 / 242


Validation Manual

0,80

P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
0,70
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
0,60 P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 46 : Positive bending moment


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULS Combinations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 94 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.4.3 Negative bending moment


It has been proven in chapter 3.4.2.4 that all sections have class 1 flanges and class 3 webs
under a negative moment. So according to DIN 104 4.4.1, the resistance to negative bending
moment is verified in each section for ULS combinations with the following relation:

MEd < MPlRd

With:

MEd: Negative bending moment in the section under the considered combination of
load cases.
MPlRd: Negative resistant bending moment (considering a cracked concrete with
reinforcement under tension). This plastic moment is calculated with an
effective width of the compressive zone of the web, a length equal to 20 tw
being taken into account on each part of this zone.
: = 235 / f y = 0.731 for this bridge

Compression Tension Effective width of concrete

Plastic neutral axis


20 tw

Non effective part of the web

20 tw tw

Plastic stress distribution

Figure 47 : Principle of calculation of the negative plastic moment


for a section with a class 3 web
The associated ratio will be:

MEd
=
M' PlRd

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 95 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables (Moments in kNm):

ANSYS ACOBRI
Sect Spa Typ
MEd MPlRd Cn MEd MPlRd Cn (%)
ion n e
1 1 S 319,1 4808 0,066 4 318 4808 0,066 4 -0,56
10 1 M 55,7 4998 0,011 2 55 4998 0,011 2 -1,23
16L 1 L 1983,8 4911 0,404 1 1984 4911 0,404 1 0,02
16R 1 L 1618,4 4911 0,510 7 2503 4911 0,51 7 0,02
19 1-2 S 4202,2 4791 0,877 7 4209 4791 0,8785 7 0,15
23L 2 L 1388,5 4922 0,282 7 1386 4922 0,282 7 -0,05
23R 2 L 771,7 4922 0,157 1 770 4922 0,157 1 0,13
31 2 M 0 5015 0,000 - 0 0 0 1 -
39L 2 L 770,4 4922 0,157 1 773 4922 0,157 1 0,30
39R 2 L 1387,2 4922 0,282 7 1389 4922 0,282 7 0,05
43 2-3 S 4208,2 4791 0,878 7 4207 4791 0,8785 7 0,01
46L 3 L 2504,2 4911 0,510 7 2504 4911 0,51 7 0,02
46R 3 L 1983,8 4911 0,404 1 1984 4911 0,404 1 0,02
52 3 M 55,7 4998 0,011 2 55 4998 0,011 2 -1,24
61 3 S 319,1 4808 0,066 318 4808 0,066 4 -0,56
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

For all significant values, the deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 96 / 242


Validation Manual

1,00

P1 ANSYS
0,90
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0,80
P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
0,70
P3 ACOBRI

0,60

0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 48 : Negative bending moment


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULS Combinations

3.4.4.4 Interaction M-V


The interaction between bending moment and shear force should be verified if the following
condition is true:

VEd / VplRd > 0.5

In the case of the studied bridge, this condition is always false (see chapter 3.4.4.1). The
interaction should then not be verified and the associated ratio should then be equal to zero
in each section. This result is well obtained with ACOBRI.

3.4.4.5 Shear buckling


The criteria of shear buckling should be verified if the following condition is true:

bw / tw > 72 /

Where:

bw, tw : Height and thickness of the section


235
: = = 0.73
fy
: Coefficient. For DIN rules, = 1.00
So that: 72 / = 52.6

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 97 / 242


Validation Manual

For the sections of the studied bridge, the values of the ratio are:

Section Files bw (mm) tw (mm) bw / t w Condition


HE800A P1 and P3 674 15 44.9 False
HE700B P2 582 17 34.2 False

The condition bw / tw > 72 / is then always false and the shear buckling criteria should not
be verified. The associated ratios should then be equal to 0. This result is well obtained with
ACOBRI.
An additional validation is carried out in chapter 8.2 for steel section where the condition is
bw / tw > 72 / verified.

3.4.4.6 Lateral torsional buckling


For sections of the bridge under negative bending moments, the lateral torsional buckling is
verified with the following relation:

MEd < MbRd = LT MPlRd M0 / M1

The associated ratio is:

= MEd / MbRd

Where:

MEd: Negative bending moment in the section under the considered combination of
load cases.
MPlRd: Negative resistant bending moment (considering a cracked concrete with
reinforcement under tension). This plastic moment is calculated with an
effective width of the compressive zone of the web, a length equal to 20 tw
being taken into account on each part of this zone (sections have class 1
flanges and class 3 webs under a negative moment - see chapter 3.4.2.4).
: = 235 / f y = 0.731 for this bridge

LT: Reduction factor for Lateral Torsional Buckling


LT is a function of LT with the following relation (DIN 103 5.5.2.2):

MRk
LT =
M cr

if LT 0.4 then LT = 1.0

1
if LT > 0.4 then LT =
[ ]
1.0
2 0.5
LT + LT LT
2

and: LT = 0.5 [1 + LT (LT -0.4) + LT2]

and: LT = 0.21 for hot rolled sections

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 98 / 242


Validation Manual

Mcr: Negative elastic critical moment, given by the formula (ENV 1994-1-1 B.1.2
(4)):

k c C4 k s L2
Mcr = G I at + E a I afz

L 2

L: Length between lateral restraints = length of the considered span


Iat: Torsional inertia of steel section
Iafz: Bending flexural inertia of the lower flange about vertical axis

Iafz = b tfs /12

C4: Coefficient given by Table B.1 of ENV1994-1-1, as a function of the moment


distribution over the span.
h s: distance between shear centres of the flanges
ks: Transverse rigidity of the beam per unit of length, given by:

k1 k 2
ks =
k1 + k 2

With:

k1: Flexural rigidity of the slab given by:

k1 = 4 Ea I2* / a

k2: Flexural rigidity of the web, given by:


3
Ea t w
k2 =
4 (1 ) h s

a: Spacing between files of girders


I2*: Transverse second moment of area of the slab

kc: Coefficient given by ENV1994-1-1 B.1.3:

hs Iy
Iay
kc = 2
hs
+ ix
2

4 + hs
e

With:

ix2 = (Iay + Iaz) / Aa


Aa: Area of steel section
As: Area of the composite section
Iay, Iaz: Bending flexural inertia of the steel section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 99 / 242


Validation Manual

A Iay
e=
A a z c (A A a )
zc: spacing between centre of steel section and centre of the slab

The calculations are very long and cannot be described in this document. Particularly, the C4
coefficient should be calculated for each combination of loads, because it depends on the
distribution of moment. The intermediate results are nevertheless given hereafter, for the
section of the girder n1 located on the first intermediate pi er, under loads due the
combination ULS n7, according to the previous relations:

L=1
Compressive
part of the slab

Part of the slab in


tension (neglected)
Eslab
zG

zrein

Figure 49 : Principle of calculation of I2*

Steel section: HE800A


So: Iay = 303400 cm4 Iaz = 12640 cm4 Aa = 285.8 cm2
Iafz = 6300 cm4 Iat = 596.9 cm4 hs = ht tf = 762 mm
From these values: ix2 = 1105.8 cm2 k2 = 255.53 N/m
Calculation of I2*:
Assumptions (used in ACOBRI):
Transverse reinforcement ratio of the slab: rein = 0.5 %
Position of the reinforcement layer: zrein = 40 mm
Modular ratio: m = 6.31
Slab thickness: Eslab = 270 mm
From these values:
zG = 215.3 mm and I2* = 50.13 cm4/cm
Considering a = 3500 mm, k1 = 6015.8 N/m and ks = 245.12 N/m
Application of B.1.3 of ENV1994-1-1:
Effective width of the slab: Lslab = 2.558 m
Composite area (under negative moment): Aa = 36176 cm2
Composite second moment of area: Iy = 498851 cm4
So: e = 954 mm and kc = 1.22
For span 1 and under ULS combination of loads n7, y = 1.8719 and m oment at the
abutment is considered as equal to zero. So according to Table B1 of ENV1994-1-1,
C4 = 16.319 and then Mcr = 12612 kNm.
For the section, the bending resistances under negative moments are:

MRd = 4790.6 kNm and MRk = 4876.0 kNm

So: LT = 0.628 and LT = 0.930

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 100 / 242


Validation Manual

So: MbRd = LT MRd M0 / M1 = 4050.2 kNm


In the considered section, MEd = 4201 kNm
So: = MEd / MbRd = 1.037
Values calculated by ACOBRI: MbRd = 4049 kNm and = 1.039 (Deviation = 0.2%)

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following tables (Moments in kNm):

ANSYS ACOBRI
Sect Spa Typ
MEd MPlRd Cn MEd MPlRd Cn (%)
ion n e
1 1 S 319,1 4046 0,079 4 318 4046 0,079 4 0,18
10 1 M 55,7 4189 0,013 2 55 4189 0,013 2 -2,18
16L 1 L 1983,8 4122 0,481 1 1984 4122 0,481 1 -0,06
16R 1 L 2504,3 4145 0,604 7 2503 4145 0,604 7 -0,02
19 1-2 S 4201,0 4049 1,038 7 4206 4049 1,039 7 0,14
23L 2 L 1388,5 4009 0,346 7 1386 4008 0,346 7 -0,11
23R 2 L 771,7 4001 0,193 1 770 4000 0,193 1 0,05
31 2 M 0 0 0 0
39L 2 L 770,4 4001 0,193 1 773 4000 0,193 1 0,22
39R 2 L 1387,2 4009 0,346 7 1389 4008 0,346 7 -0,01
43 2-3 S 4209,4 3910 1,077 7 4210 3909 1,077 7 0,05
46L 3 L 2504,2 4145 0,604 7 2504 4145 0,604 7 -0,02
46R 3 L 1983,8 4122 0,481 1 1984 4122 0,481 1 -0,06
52 3 M 55,7 4189 0,013 2 55 4189 0,013 2 -2,19
61 3 S 319,1 4046 0,079 4 318 4046 0,079 4 0,18
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

For significant values, the deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 101 / 242


Validation Manual

1,10

1,00

0,90

0,80
P1 ANSYS
0,70 P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0,60 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI
0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 10 20 30 40 50

Figure 50 : Lateral torsional buckling under negative bending moment


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULS Combinations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 102 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.5 Fatigue limit states

3.4.5.1 Additional amplification factor


The additional amplification factor fat is given by DIN 101: 2003 4.6.1. It is function of D, the
distance of the cross-section under consideration to the expansion joint. The expansion joints
are supposed to be located at the abutments only. So that theoretical values can be
calculated and compared to the ones calculated by ACOBRI:

Theoretical ACOBRI
Section D (m) fat (RV) fat (CS)
1 0 1.3000 1.300
4 2.25 1.1875 1.188
10 to 52 > 6.0 1.0000 1.000
58 2.25 1.1875 1.188
61 0 1.3000 1.300

3.4.5.2 Damage equivalence factor


The damage equivalence factor is calculated according to DIN 103: 2003 9.5.2, with the
following relation:

= 1 2 3 4 max

Calculation of 1 and max:

Span 1 from Abb. II max from Abb.


Span
Length (m) 9-1 or 9-2 II 9-3 or 9-4
1 at midspan 15.0 2.500 2.333
1-2 at support 18.5 1.873 1.800
2 at midspan 22.0 2.430 2.100
2-3 at support 18.5 1.873 1.800
3 at midspan 15.0 2.500 2.333

Calculation of 2:

1/ 5
Q N obs
2 = m1
N


Q0 0

With: Q0 = 480 kN
N0 = 0.5x106
Nobs is the total number of lorries per year in the slow lane

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 103 / 242


Validation Manual

Qm1 is the gross weight in kN of the lorry in the slow lane


here Nobs = 0.125 x 106 and Qm1 = 480 kN

So: 2 = 0.758

Calculation of 3:

3 = (tnd / 100)1/5 = 1.0 for tnd = 100 years (the design life of the bridge)

Calculation of 4:

1/ 5
N Q
5

4 = 1 + 2 2 m2 for the considered bridge with two slow lanes.
N1 1 Q m1

With: k: Number of lanes with heavy traffic; here k = 2
Nj: Number of lorries per year in lane j; here N1 = N2
Qmj: Average gross weight of the lorries in lane j; here Qm1 = Qm2
j: Value of the influence line for the internal force that produces the
stress range in the middle of lane j.
The index 1 is attributed to the most influent slow lane for the
considered girder and the index 2 to the lowest influent slow lane. So
that 1 2.

File P1 File P2 File P3


1 0.557 0.574 0.890
2 0.037 0.380 0.172
4 1.000 1.024 1.000

Theoretical values of :

The theoretical values of can be assessed from the previous calculations:

Span Girder P1 Girder P2 Girder P3


1 at midspan 1.895 1.940 1.895
1-2 at support 1.420 1.454 1.420
2 at midspan 1.842 1.886 1.842
2-3 at support 1.420 1.454 1.420
3 at midspan 1.895 1.940 1.895

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 104 / 242


Validation Manual

Values of calculated by ACOBRI (from Calculation Sheet):

Section Span File P1 File P2 File P3


10 Mid span 1 1.895 1.940 1.895
19 Support 1-2 1.419 1.453 1.419
31 Mid span 2 1.842 1.886 1.842
43 Support 2-3 1.419 1.453 1.419
52 Mid span 3 1.895 1.940 1.895

All deviations are less than 1%.

fat
3,0

2,5

2,0

1,5

1,0

0,5

0,0
0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0

Figure 51 : Values of the product fat along the girder n1

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 105 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.5.3 Stress ranges in upper flange


The stress ranges in upper flange are calculated for the combination defined in chapter
3.4.1.4, taking into account the state of concrete slab (cracked or not). The stress ranges are
calculated according to DIN 104 4.9.4.1 (3):

E = fat |maxf minf|

With: fat: Additional amplification factor


: Damage equivalent factor
maxf : Maximal stress in the flange under FLM3 load, taking into account the state of
the concrete
minf : Minimal stress in the flange under FLM3 load, taking into account the state of
the concrete
The stress ranges in upper flange are verified according to DIN 104 4.9.6 with the following
relation:

Ff E c / Mf

And the ratio can be expressed with the formula:

f = Ff Mf E / c

With: Ff: Partial factor for equivalent constant amplitude stress range
Mf: Partial factor for fatigue strength
c: Reference value of the fatigue strength at 2 million cycles

For the studied bridge:


Ff = 1.0
Mf = 1.15
c = 80 MPa for upper flange (studs)
c = 160 MPa for lower flange

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 106 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the checked sections of girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the
following table:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type (%)
10 1 M 0,079 0,079 0,46%
16L 1 L 0,529 0,529 0,00%
16R 1 L 0,396 0,395 -0,30%
19 1-2 S 0,418 0,417 -0,13%
23L 2 L 0,143 0,143 0,20%
23R 2 L 0,185 0,186 0,43%
31 2 M 0,073 0,073 0,32%
39L 2 L 0,185 0,186 0,44%
39R 2 L 0,143 0,143 0,21%
43 2-3 S 0,418 0,417 -0,13%
46L 3 L 0,396 0,395 -0,30%
46R 3 L 0,529 0,529 0,00%
52 3 M 0,079 0,079 0,46%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section
All deviations less than 1%.

Ratio
0,7

0,6

P1 ANSYS
0,5
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
P1 ACOBRI
0,4 P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0

Figure 52 : Stress range under fatigue loads in the upper flanges


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULF Combinations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 107 / 242


Validation Manual

3.4.5.4 Stress ranges in lower flange


The same method is applied to calculate the stress ranges in lower flange, except the value
of c which is here equal to 160 MPa. The results obtained for the checked sections of
girder n1 (see Figure 5) are given in the followin g table:
ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span Type (%)
10 1 M 0,551 0,5505 -0,06%
16L 1 L 0,543 0,543 -0,01%
16R 1 L 0,407 0,405 -0,43%
19 1-2 S 0,386 0,386 -0,13%
23L 2 L 0,265 0,263 -0,62%
23R 2 L 0,343 0,34 -1,00%
31 2 M 0,611 0,61 -0,09%
39L 2 L 0,343 0,341 -0,70%
39R 2 L 0,265 0,264 -0,24%
43 2-3 S 0,386 0,386 -0,13%
46L 3 L 0,407 0,405 -0,43%
46R 3 L 0,543 0,543 -0,01%
52 3 M 0,551 0,5505 -0,06%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

All deviations are less than 1%.


Ratio
0,9

0,8

0,7 P1 ANSYS
P2 ANSYS
P3 ANSYS
0,6 P1 ACOBRI
P2 ACOBRI
P3 ACOBRI
0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0

Figure 53 : Stress range under fatigue loads in the lower flanges


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for ULF Combinations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 108 / 242


Validation Manual

3.5 Connection
The design of the connection is one specific part of ACOBRI. The studs density is indeed
not defined by the User but by ACOBRI, from SLS and ULS requirements and from forces
and moments calculated before. The parameters to be defined by the User are summarized
in the following table, with the values considered for this bridge.

Parameter Symbol Values for the bridge


Height of the stud hc 175 mm
Diameter of the stud dc 22 mm
Ultimate strength of the stud steel fu 450 MPa
Partial factor for connection v 1,25

3.5.1 Shear resistance of the stud


The shear resistance of the stud is given by the following formula (DIN 1046.3.2.1 (1)):

PRd = min (PRd1; PRd2) = 104.5 kN

PRd1 = 0.8 fu ( dc2 /4) / v = 109,5 kN

PRd2 = 0.25 dc2 f ck E cm / v = 104.5 kN

With:

= 1.0, because hc / dc = 7.95


fck = 35 MPa (compressive strength of concrete)
Ecm = 33282 MPa (Elastic modulus of concrete)

3.5.2 Serviceability Limit States requirements


For studs under characteristic combination (ENV 6.1.3 (2)) or under non frequent
combination (DIN 104 6.1.3), the shear force in the element should not exceed 0.6 PRd. The
criterion considered in ACOBRI is expressed by the following formula:

G = VEd S / I 0,6 ns PRd

Where:

VEd: Shear force


S: First moment of area of the slab about the neutral axis
I: Second moment of area of the composite section
PRd: Shear resistance of the stud
ns: Stud density

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 109 / 242


Validation Manual

The stud density is calculated between each node of the model to comply with this
requirement. At the end of this process, the numbers of studs required are:

Beam n1 Beam n2 Beam n3


Span 1 84 114 107
Span 2 140 185 175
Span 3 84 114 106
Sum 308 413 388

3.5.3 Ultimate Limit States requirements


For each combination, each beam and each span, the following process is carried out,
according to ENV1994-2 6.2.3:

A B C

MSd

Mpl,Rd

Figure 54 : Analysis of the moment distribution

- Search of the most solicited section under positive moment. Section B (see Figure
54) for which the ratio MSd / Mplrd is maximum. For the easiness of the process, this
section B is taken equal for all combination.
- Calculation of the normal compression force in the slab in the section B, according
to the following relation:

M SdB M aSd
FB = Lpart EDalle 0,85 fcj / c
MplRd M aSd

where:

MSdB: Positive moment in section B for the combination


MaSd: Part of the moment due to construction phase
MplRd: Positive plastic moment of the section
Lpart: Effective width of the slab
EDalle: Effective thickness of the slab
fcj: compressive strength of the concrete
- Calculation of the tension forces FA and FB in the reinforcement for the sections A
and C.
- Between section A and B, the number of studs should verify: FA + FB nAB PRd

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 110 / 242


Validation Manual

- Between section B and C, the number of studs should verify: FC + FB nBC PRd
- The distribution of studs calculated under SLS requirements is linearly adapted so
that the ULS requirements are fulfilled.

At the end of this process, the stud distributions obtained are:

Beam n1 Beam n2 Beam n3 Sum


Span 1 166 174 172 512
Span 2 230 225 232 687
Span 3 166 172 172 510
Sum 562 571 576 1709

The stud distribution calculated by ACOBRI is (Post Processing):

Beam n1 Beam n2 Beam n3 Sum


Span 1 177 183 181 541
Span 2 250 250 260 760
Span 3 176 186 183 545
Sum 603 619 624 1846

The quantities given in the calculation sheet are increased by 30%, to take into account the
construction requirements. For a mass per stud equal to 0,567 kg, the results are:

Theoretical ACOBRI
Number Mass (kg) Number Mass (kg)
Span 1 665 377 703 399
Span 2 893 506 988 561
Span 3 708 402 709 402
Sum 2266 1285 1362

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 111 / 242


Validation Manual

4 REFERENCE ROAD BRIDGE UNDER EN RULES

4.1 Description of the bridge


REFERENCE ROAD BRIDGE UNDER EN RULES
Road bridge Eurocode EN rules
Normal beams Three beams, three spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
See chapter 3.1
Main parameters of the loads:
See chapter 3.1
File: ROAD_EN_1.APM

When not explained in this chapter, the reference values used hereafter are justified in the
chapter 3.

4.2 FE modelisation
4.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations

Spans
1 2 3
Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI
Line 1 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97
of 2 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.00 3.00
girders 3 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97

4.2.2 Modular ratios

Reference ACOBRI
Shrinkage and thermal 16.16 16.16
Dead loads 15.98 15.98
Live loads 6.31 6.31

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 112 / 242


Validation Manual

4.2.3 Masses

Reference ACOBRI
Actual mass of steel (kg) 35824 35840
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 36099 36117
Overlength (mm) 400 2 x 200
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 140.4 140.4
Mass of concrete (kg) 351000 351000
Waterproof layer mass (kg) 26208 26208
Footways mass (kg) 80262 80262
Roadway surfacing mass (kg) 66976 66976

4.2.4 Moments of inertia of the girders elements

Line of girders n1: HE 800 A

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M- (cm4)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS RV CS RV CS
Construction phase 303400 303440 596.9 596.9
Spans 1 and 3 : Effective width of slab = 3.43 m (values at mid-span)
Shrinkage and thermal 873957 874074 70226 70265
Dead loads phase 876342 876469 548546 548679 71010 71052
Live loads phase 1064613 1064768 178919 179058
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.50 m (values at mid-span)
Shrinkage and thermal 878257 878219 71647 71634
Dead loads phase 880636 880609 552258 552258 72447 72438
Live loads phase 1068630 1068641 182558 182568

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 113 / 242


Validation Manual

4.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements

Slab element n1 Slab element n61


RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 4491 4490 89.8 90
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 8981 8980 179.6 180
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 4441 4440 88.8 89
3
neq = 16.16 It (cm ) 8881 8880 177.6 178
Loads with Iy (cm3) 11373 11373 227.5 227
3
neq = 6.31 It (cm ) 22745 22746 454.9 455
Slab element n721 Slab element n732
RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Loads with Iy (cm3) 3849 3849 7698 7697
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 7698 7697 15396 15395
Loads with Iy (cm3) 3806 3806 7612 7611
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 7613 7611 15225 15222
Loads with Iy (cm3) 9748 9748 19496 19497
3
neq = 15.98 It (cm ) 19496 19497 38992 38994

4.3 Loads and solicitations


4.3.1 Dead loads
Same sections as described in chapter 3.3.

4.3.1.1 Weight

Bending moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -251.3 -251.3 0.00 %
19 1-2 S 924.7 924.9 0.02 %
31 2 M -610.5 -610.7 0.03 %
43 2-3 S 924.7 924.9 0.02 %
52 3 M -251.3 -251.3 0.00 %
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 114 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 506.1 50.56 -0.10 %
19 1-2 S 242.4 242.5 0.02 %
31 2 M -121.8 -12.21 0.25 %
43 2-3 S 268.7 268.7 0.00 %
52 3 M -72.7 -72.8 0.12 %
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

4.3.1.2 Superstructure

Bending moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -185,1 -185,3 0,14%
19 1-2 S 509,6 509,2 -0,06%
31 2 M -420,6 -421,0 0,09%
43 2-3 S 511,8 511,5 -0,06%
52 3 M -185,0 -185,5 0,25%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 25,9 25,8 -0,28%
19 1-2 S 151,9 152,0 0,10%
31 2 M -7,2 -7,2 0,61%
43 2-3 S 169,1 168,6 -0,29%
52 3 M -39,2 -39,3 0,19%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 115 / 242


Validation Manual

4.3.1.3 Equipment

Bending moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -20,9 -20,9 -0,02%
19 1-2 S 53,6 53,6 -0,01%
31 2 M -39,6 -39,6 -0,02%
43 2-3 S 53,9 53,9 0,00%
52 3 M -21,0 -21,0 0,02%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 2,4 2,4 -0,34%
19 1-2 S 17,5 17,5 0,01%
31 2 M -0,6 -0,6 -0,43%
43 2-3 S 18,7 18,7 -0,02%
52 3 M -3,8 -3,8 0,08%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

4.3.1.4 Shrinkage of concrete

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -436,0 -436,1 0,03%
19 1-2 S 460,9 461,0 0,01%
31 2 M -215,0 -215,0 -0,02%
43 2-3 S 462,7 462,8 0,01%
52 3 M -436,0 -436,1 0,04%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 116 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -658,1 -656,12 -0,30%
19 1-2 S 0,0 0
31 2 M -662,4 -662,37 0,00%
43 2-3 S 0,0 0
52 3 M -658,1 -658,12 0,00%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 222,2 222,00 -0,07%
19 1-2 S 460,9 460,99 0,01%
31 2 M 447,4 447,40 0,01%
43 2-3 S 462,7 462,78 0,01%
52 3 M 222,2 222,01 -0,07%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Normal force in the slab

On the left x 1000 (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 3,733 3,732 -0,02%
19 1-2 S 0,000 0
31 2 M 3,807 3,806 -0,02%
43 2-3 S 0,000 0
52 3 M 3,733 3,732 -0,02%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 117 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 30,6 30,7 0,02%
19 1-2 S 36,4 36,4 0,02%
31 2 M -0,2 -0,2 8,79%
43 2-3 S 1,1 1,1 0,68%
52 3 M -31,1 -31,2 0,07%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

4.3.1.5 Thermal loads +

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 92,6 92,7 0,06%
19 1-2 S -30,0 -29,9 -0,10%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 212,3 212,3 0,00%
19 1-2 S 212,3 212,3 0,00%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -119,7 -119,63 -0,04%
19 1-2 S -242,3 -242,24 -0,01%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 118 / 242


Validation Manual

Normal force in the slab

On the left x1000 (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
19 1-2 S -1,204 -1,204 -0,03%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -16,1 -16,1 -0,01%
19 1-2 S -16,6 -16,6 -0,02%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

4.3.1.6 Thermal loads -

Bending global moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -92,6 -92,7 0,06%
19 1-2 S 30,0 29,9 -0,10%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Bending isotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
19 1-2 S -212,3 -212,3 0,00%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 119 / 242


Validation Manual

Bending orthotropic moment

On the left (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 119,7 119,6 -0,04%
19 1-2 S 242,3 242,2 -0,01%
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

Normal force in the slab

On the left x1000 (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
19 1-2 S 1,204 1,204 -0,03%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI Deviat.
10 1 M 16,1 16,1 -0,01%
19 1-2 S 16,6 16,6 -0,02%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
No significant deviations

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 120 / 242


Validation Manual

4.3.2 Live loads

4.3.2.1 Load model 1 System TS


Bending moment

The values of aQi coefficients are equal to 1,0 in this calculation (EN rules) but are equal to
0.8 in the DIN calculations. So that the Reference values are obtained from the theoretical
results calculated in chapter 3.3.2.1 divided by 0.8.

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI (%). RV ACOBRI (%).
10 1 M 294,6 295,8 0,4% -872,3 -871,1 -0,1%
19 1-2 S 537,9 529,5 -1,6% -83,8 -83,4 -0,4%
31 2 M 134,8 134,3 -0,3% -1129,8 -1128,7 -0,1%
43 2-3 S 537,9 528,3 -1,8% -83,8 -83,4 -0,4%
52 3 M 294,6 294,8 0,1% -872,3 -870,6 -0,2%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen. For the two others files of girders, results are
displayed on the following figures:

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:


On the left (kN)
Section Span Type RV ACOBRI (%).
10 1 M 88,7 84,5 -4,8%
19 1-2 S 203,6 165,4 -18,7%
31 2 M 83,9 84,2 0,4%
43 2-3 S 219,3 203,7 -7,1%
52 3 M 51,2 46,6 -9,0%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI (%).
10 1 M -71,9 -65,2 -9,3%
19 1-2 S -12,7 -7,2 -43,1%
31 2 M -103,4 -103,0 -0,4%
43 2-3 S -19,5 -19,4 -0,3%

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 121 / 242


Validation Manual

52 3 M -111,2 -100,6 -9,5%


Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section
For significant values, the same deviations are obtained as for the bridge under DIN rules.

4.3.2.2 Load model 1 System UDL

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI (%). RV ACOBRI (%).
10 1 M 161,8 161,6 -0,07% -308,6 -310,7 0,66%
19 1-2 S 405,8 414,5 2,15% -32,9 -33,5 1,87%
31 2 M 104,3 104,6 0,27% -498,9 -503,1 0,84%
43 2-3 S 407,5 414,5 1,73% -33,2 -33,5 1,04%
52 3 M 161,8 161,6 -0,07% -306,2 -310,7 1,48%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

4.3.2.3 Uniformly distributed loads on the footways

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span Type RV ACOBRI (%). RV ACOBRI (%).
10 1 M 102,5 102,5 -0,01% -248,6 -248,6 0,00%
19 1-2 S 381,5 386,1 1,21% -22,6 -22,6 -0,02%
31 2 M 60,5 60,5 -0,02% -366,4 -366,4 -0,01%
43 2-3 S 386,1 386,1 -0,01% -22,6 -22,6 -0,02%
52 3 M 102,5 102,5 0,00% -248,6 -248,6 0,00%
Type Legend: S: Support M: Mid span section

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 122 / 242


Validation Manual

4.4 Sections characteristics


4.4.1 Effective width of concrete for verifications
The same formulas are used in EN as in DIN rules. So the reference values of 3.4.2.1 are
unchanged.
P1 P3
Section Span Type RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
1 1 S 2.62 2.62 2.37 2.37
10 1 M 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97
16 1 L 3.08 3.08 2.79 2.79
19 1-2 S 2.56 2.56 2.53 2.53
23 2 L 3.12 3.12 2.81 2.81
31 2 M 3.50 3.50 3.00 3.00
39 2 L 3.12 3.12 2.81 2.81
43 2-3 S 2.56 2.56 2.53 2.53
46 3 L 3.08 3.08 2.79 2.79
52 3 M 3.43 3.43 2.97 2.97
61 3 S 2.62 2.62 2.37 2.37
Type Legend: S: Support L: Limit of cracked area M: Mid span section

4.5 Validation of verifications


4.5.1 Serviceability limit states

4.5.1.1 Minimum reinforcement


According to EN 1994-2 7.4.2, the minimum reinforcement is verified in each section with the
following relation:

k s k c k fct,eff
s < s,min =
s

With: s: reinforcement factor: s = 1.1 %


ks = 0.9
k = 0.8
fct,eff: mean value of the tensile strength of the concrete
fct,eff = fctm = 0.3 fcj2/3 = 3.21 MPa
kc: is a coefficient which takes account of the stress distribution within the section
immediately prior to cracking and is given by:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 123 / 242


Validation Manual

1
kc = + 0.3 1.0
hc
1+
2 z0

hc: is the thickness of the concrete flange, excluding any haunch or ribs. For this
example, hc = 270 mm.
z0: is the vertical distance between the centroids of the un-cracked concrete
flange and the uncracked composite section, calculated using the modular
ratio neq for short-term loading (here neq = 6.31).
s: is the maximum stress permitted in the reinforcement immediately after
cracking. The value of s is given by Table 7.1 of EN 1994-2 from a maximum
bar diameter = 20 mm, for wk = 2 mm. So s = 182.2 MPa.

The validation is carried out for the three following sections of the first girder in the first span:
- section 1 (Abutment)
- section 10 (Mid span)
- section 19 (Support)
For these sections, reference values and ACOBRI values are given in the following table:

Theoretical ACOBRI

Section zEl (mm) zD (mm) z0 (mm) kc s,min (%) s,min (%)


(1) (2) (3)
1 817.4 925 107.6 0.74 0.943 0.94
10 838.7 925 86.4 0.69 0.875 0.88
19 815.2 925 109.8 0.75 0.949 0.95

(1): location of the elastic neutral axis of the composite section, from the calculation sheet,
calculated from the bottom fibre of the steel section.
(2): location of the elastic neutral axis of the slab, calculated from the bottom fibre of the
steel section.
(3): z0 = zD - zEl

No significant deviation.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 124 / 242


Validation Manual

4.5.1.2 Stress limits


According to EN 1994-2:2005 7.2.2, the following verifications have to be carried out:

- Concrete: characteristic combinations: c k1 fck where k1 = 0.6


quasi-permanent combinations: c k2 fck where k2 = 0.45
- Reinforcement: characteristic combinations: r k3 fsk where k3 = 0.8
r is calculated according to EN1994-2:2005 7.4.3 (3):

r = r0 +

0.4 fctm
avec: =
st s

- Lower and upper flanges: characteristic combinations:

Ed fy / M,ser
fy
Ed
3 M,ser

Ed + 3 Ed fy / M,ser
2 2

The validation is made for the following sections of the first girder:

- Section 10: mid-span of the first span


- Section 19: intermediate support between spans 1 and 2.

The section properties, the forces and the moments are read from the calculation sheet of
ACOBRI. The stress limits are obtained from the following values:

Concrete: fck = 35 MPa and fctm = 3.21 MPa


Steel: fy = 440 MPa
Reinforcement: fsk = 500 MPa
Partial coefficient: Mser = 1.0

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 125 / 242


Validation Manual

The reference calculations are carried out in an EXCEL sheet (ELS Contraintes Section
10-19.xls) and their results are compared hereunder with the ACOBRI results.

Section 10 Section 19
Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI
Compression stress in the concrete
Design value c (MPa) 5.00 5.00 0 0
Combination of the maximum value 1 1 - -
Stress limit k1 fck (MPa) 21 21 21 21
Tension stress in the reinforcement
Design value r (MPa) 100.83 100.83 298.10 298.10
Combination of the maximum value 12 12 11 11
Stress limit k3 fsk (MPa) 400 400 400 400
Normal stress in the upper flange
Design value t (MPa) 89.84 89.84 252.64 252.64
Combination of the maximum value 15 15 11 11
Stress limit fy / Mser (MPa) 440 440 440 440
Normal stress in the lower flange
Design value t (MPa) 159.81 159.82 365.19 365.20
Combination of the maximum value 1 1 11 11
Stress limit fy / Mser (MPa) 440 440 440 440

4.5.1.3 Control of cracking


The maximum bar diameter and the maximum bar spacing of the reinforcement have to
calculated with the Tables 7.1 and 7.2 from the value of the tension stress in reinforcement
as calculated under frequent combinations of loads.
The maximal bar diameter can also be modified with the following relation:

= * fctm / 2.9

The validation is done for the two same sections 10 and 19 as in previous chapter and the
reference calculations are carried out with the same EXCEL sheet.
The reference results are compared hereunder with the ACOBRI results.

Section 10 Section 19
Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI
Maximum bar diameter 25 25 12.98 13
Combination of this maximum value - - 23 23
Maximum bar spacing 200 200 96.5 96
Combination of the maximum value - - 23 23

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 126 / 242


Validation Manual

4.5.2 Ultimate limit states

4.5.2.1 Shear buckling


According to EN 1993-1-5:2006 5, the shear buckling of the web is verified according to the
following checking:

If hw / tw > 72 / then 3 = VEd / VbRd else 3 = 0 (no checking)


3 should verify 3 1.0

Where: VEd is the shear force cumulated under ULS combinations


VbRd is the shear buckling resistance given by:

w f yw h w t w
VbRd = VbwRd =
3 M1

= 235 / f y
hw, tw: dimensions of the web (hw height between the two flanges)
: Coefficient given by EN 1993-1-5 5. For S460 grade, = 1.20
w: Reduction factor from Table 5.1 of EN1993-1-5

The validation is done for the section 19 of the first girder (intermediate support between
spans 1 and 2). The reference calculations are carried out in the EXCEL sheet ELU
Deversement Section 19 and the results obtained are:

hw = 734 mm; tw = 15 mm and hw / tw = 48.9


fy = 440 MPa; = 0.731 and 72 / = 43.8
hw / tw > 72 / so shear buckling is to be verified and:
w = 1.07
VbRd = 2724 kN
VEd = 1063 kN maxima for combination n7
3 = 0.39

The ACOBRI values are 3 = 0.39 for combination n7.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 127 / 242


Validation Manual

4.5.3 Fatigue limit states

4.5.3.1 Stress ranges in the steel beam


According to EN 1994-2:2005 6.8.6, the following verifications have to be carried out for the
flanges of the steel profile:

E = |max,f min,f|

Where: max,f, min,f: Maximum and minimum stress values due to the circulation of a
LM3 truck on the bridge.
: damage equivalent factor
: damage equivalent impact factor

The validation is made for the following sections of the first girder:

- Section 10: mid-span of the first span


- Section 19: intermediate support between spans 1 and 2.

The section properties, the coefficients, the forces and the moments are read from the
calculation sheet of ACOBRI.
The reference calculations are carried out in an EXCEL sheet (ELF Contraintes Section
10-19.xls) and their results are compared hereunder with the ACOBRI results (mean values).

Section 10 Section 19
Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI
Normal stress in the upper flange
Stress range E (MPa) 7.20 7.22 36.82 36.83
Normal stress in the lower flange
Stress range E (MPa) 94.34 94.47 68.16 68.17

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 128 / 242


Validation Manual

5 REFERENCE RAILWAY BRIDGE

5.1 Description of the bridge


REFERENCE RAILWAY BRIDGE
Railway bridge DIN rules
Filler beam deck Six beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Total length = 24 m. Span lengths: 12m each.
Section of the beams: HE600A. Steel grade: S 275.
Slab: Width = 4.95 m; Casing Depth = 15 cm; = 2500 kg/m3
Total height (including lower flange: 0.74 mm)
2 cantilevering
Main parameters of the loads:
Waterproof layer: Thickness = 30 mm = 2400 kg/m3

File: RAILS_DIN_1.APM

The drawings of the bridge are represented on the following figures:

Figure 55 : Transverse drawing of the road bridge

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 129 / 242


Validation Manual

Figure 56 : Transverse drawing of the road bridge with ACOBRI

Figure 57 : Top drawing of the road bridge

5.2 FE modelisation
A Finite Element Model of the bridge is done, based upon the Beam grid principles. The FE
piece of software ANSYS v10.0 is used. The same meshing and numbering are used as for
the ACOBRI modelisation, so that the comparisons will be made easier. The elements
properties are calculated hereafter.

5.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations


For each beam, the effective width of concrete to be considered is the sum of the mid-
spacing between the adjacent beams or the spacing of the beam to the edge.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 130 / 242


Validation Manual

The theoretical values and the values calculated by ACOBRI are compared in the following
table:

Theoretical (m) ACOBRI (m)


Beam n1 0.3 + 0.674 / 2 = 0.637 0.637
Beam n2 to 5 0.674 0.674
Beam n6 0.674 / 2 + 0.33 = 0.667 0.667

5.2.2 Modular ratios


Characteristic value of compressive strength of concrete: fck = 35 MPa
Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 9500 (fck + 8)1/3
Ecm = 33282 MPa
Modular ratio for short term loading: n0 = Ea / Ecm = 6.31
Resistant length of the slab (without cantilevering): 4m
Concrete depth: 715 mm
Cross sectional area of concrete: Ac = 4x0.715 = 2.86 m2
Perimeter of slab in contact with atmosphere: u ~ 2x0.715 + 4.0 = 5.43 m
(the lower face of the slab is not in contact with atmosphere)
Notional size: h0 = 2 Ac / u = 1.053 m
Mean value of compressive strength: fcm =fck + 8 = 43 MPa
Coefficients for the influence of concrete strength:
1 = (35/fcm)0.7 = 0.866
2 = (35/fcm)0.2 = 0.960
Factor for the effect of relative humidity:
RH = 2 [1 + 1 (1 RH/100) / (0.10 3 h 0 )] = 1.219

Factor for the effect of concrete strength: (fcm ) = 16.8 / f cm = 2.56


Factor for the effect of concrete age: (t0) = 1 / (0.1 + t00.2)
Coefficient for the development of creep: c(t - t0) = 1 for t =
Creep coefficient: t = 0 c(t-t0)
Notional creep coefficient: 0 = RH (fcm) (t0)
Modular ratio: neq = n0 (1 + L t)

Theoretical values:

So theoretical values of modular ratios are given in the hereafter table:


Reference
values
L t0 (t0) 0 neq
Dead loads 1.1 45 0,446 1,28 15.22
Live loads 0 / / / 6.31

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 131 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

The values given in the calculation sheet of ACOBRI are displayed hereafter, chapter
Loads and Combinations:

neq
Dead loads 15.22
Live loads 6.31

5.2.3 Masses

Theoretical values:

Area of the section: HE600A: 226.5 cm2


Length of the bridge: 24 m
Total mass of steel: 7850x24x6x0.02265 = 25604 kg
Overlenght: 2 x 200 mm = 400 mm
Corrected mass of steel: 25604x24.4/24 = 26031 kg

Height of the slab: 0.715 mm


Area of the resistant slab: 4x0.715 = 2.86 m2 (cantilevering not considered)
Area of the part of a steel section included in the concrete:
bf tf + (ht-2tf) tw + (4-) rc2 = 0.01514 m2
Spacing between beams: 0.674 m
Width of a formwork: 0.674 2 rc tw = 0.607 m
Area of a formwork: 0.607x0.05 = 0.03035 m2
Section of resistant concrete: 2.86 6x0.01514 5x0.03035 = 2.617 m3
Volume of resistant concrete: 24x2.617 = 62.81 m3
Mass of resistant concrete: 2500x62.81 = 157045 kg

Section of the cantileverings: 0.9x0.2+0.05x0.3 = 0.195 m3


Volume of concrete in cantileverings: 0.195x24 = 4.68 m3
Masse of concrete in cantilevering: 4.68x2500 = 11700 kg

Total volume of concrete: 62.81+4.68 = 67.49 m3


Total mass of concrete: 157045+11700 = 168745 kg

Total volume of formworks: 5x0.03037x24 = 3.644 m3


Mass of formworks: 3.644x2400 = 8747 kg

Mass of waterproof layer: 4.95x24x0.03x2340 = 8340 kg


Mass of ballast: 4x24x0.5x2040 = 97920 kg

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 132 / 242


Validation Manual

Load of the track per unit of length: 1.2 kN/m


Total load of the track: 1.2 x 24 = 28. kN
Equivalent mass of the track: 28./9.81 = 2935 kg

ACOBRI values:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 25604 25600
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 26031 26025
Overlength (mm) 2 x 200 2 x 200
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 67.49 67.5
Mass of concrete (kg) 168745 168740
Mass of formworks (kg) 8747 8740
Waterproof layer mass (kg) 8340 8340
Mass of ballast (kg) 97920 97920
Mass of the track 2935 2940

5.2.4 Second moments of area of the girders elements


The second moment of area to be considered in the FE calculations is the mean value of the
two following composite sections (see Figure 58):
- the first one is composed of the steel section and the complete height of concrete
- the second one is composed of the steel section and the non cracked part of concrete
under a positive moment.

Effective width Effective width

I = second moment of area I = second moment of area


considering all the concrete considering only the non
cracked part of the concrete

Figure 58 : Second moment of area of filler beams

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 133 / 242


Validation Manual

The following comparisons are made for the second beam of the bridge, with an effective
width of concrete of 0.674 m.

Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS RV CS
Construction phase 141200 141207 397.8 398
Dead loads phase (neq = 15.22) 242571 242573 217447 217451
Live loads phase (neq = 6.31) 348387 348396 523931 523959

All deviations are less than 1%.

5.2.5 Moments of inertia of the slab elements


Because of the important number of slab elements in the FE model, only few specific ones
will be checked. All ACOBRI values given hereafter come from the post processing module
(PP).

x=0
Longitudinal girder
elements
Elt n261

Longitudinal slab
elements 0.90
Elt n29 Elt n1

Elt n253
0.60
Transverse slab
elements

Effective width = 0.637 m

1.20

Figure 59 : Checking of slab elements

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 134 / 242


Validation Manual

Longitudinal elements:

Slab elements n1 and n29 will be checked hereunde r (see Figure 59).
The theoretical expressions for the elements characteristics are given by:

b e3 b e3
I y = k1 k2 and It = k 1 k 2
12 n eq 6 n eq

Where:

Iy, It: Second moment of area and torsional inertia of the slab element
k1: k1 = 1.0
k2: Coefficient to take care of the location of longitudinal slab elements
about main girder elements. k2 = 1 for both controlled elements
b: Width of the slab element.
e: Thickness of the slab element. For these elements, the thickness to
be considered is the thickness of the cantilevering. e = 0.2 m.
neq: Modular ratio

Slab element n1 Slab element n29


Width b (mm) 0.3 0.6
Theo. values ACOBRI Theo. values ACOBRI
Loads with Iy (cm3) 1314 1314 2628 2628
3
neq = 15.22 It (cm ) 2628 2628 5256 5256
Loads with Iy (cm3) 3170 3170 6339 6339
3
neq = 6.31 It (cm ) 6339 6339 12678 12679

All deviations are less than 0.2 % and are due to rounded values.

Transverse elements:

Slab elements n253 and n261 will be checked hereu nder (see Figure 59).
The same relations as for longitudinal slab elements are used to calculate the inertias,
with k1 = 0.5 and k2 = 1.0 for all transverse elements.

Slab element n253 Slab element n261


Width b (mm) 0.45 0.90
Theo. values ACOBRI Theo. values ACOBRI
Loads with Iy (cm3) 985.5 986 1971 1971
3
neq = 15.22 It (cm ) 1971 1971 3942 3942
3
Loads with Iy (cm ) 2377 2377 4754 4755
3
neq = 6.31 It (cm ) 4754 4755 9509 9509

All deviations are less than 0.1 % and are due to rounded values.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 135 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3 Validation of loads and solicitations


5.3.1 Dead loads
Because of the huge number of values to be checked, the results presented in this chapter
are displayed only for the following specific sections of the second beam.

Section n29

Section n27

Section n22

Second beam

Section n17

Section n15

Section n1 3

Section n8

Section n3

Section n1

Figure 60 : Sections of the second beam to be displayed

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 136 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.1 Weight
The load case Weight represents the effects of the weight of steel beams, of the lost
formworks and of the concrete of the slab just after the pouring, the cantileverings being not
considered. Only the rigidities of the steel beams are considered.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 0,0 0,0
3 1 -86,2 -85,5 -0,85
8 1 -120,0 -119,1 -0,78
13 1 80,2 79,5 -0,84
15 1-2 238,0 235,7 -0,97
17 2 80,2 79,5 -0,84
22 2 -120,0 -119,1 -0,78
27 2 -86,2 -85,5 -0,85
29 2 0,0 0,0

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 2.2 %

Bending moment (kNm)


300

250

200
P2 ANSYS
150 P2 ACOBRI

100

50

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
-50

-100

-150

-200

Figure 61 : Bending moments under Weight load case

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 137 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -53,86 -53,41 -0,85%
3 1 -41,91 -41,56 -0,85% -30,37 -30,11 -0,85%
8 1 14,23 14,11 -0,84% 25,38 25,17 -0,84%
13 1 69,98 69,39 -0,85% 81,53 80,84 -0,85%
15 1-2 93,48 92,69 -0,85% -93,48 -92,69 -0,85%
17 2 -81,53 -80,84 -0,85% -69,98 -69,39 -0,85%
22 2 -25,38 -25,17 -0,85% -14,23 -14,11 -0,84%
27 2 30,37 30,11 -0,84% 41,91 41,56 -0,85%
29 2 53,86 53,41 -0,85% x x x

A good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 2.0%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 138 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.2 Cantilevering Weight


The load case Cantilevering Weight represents the effects of the weight of the
cantileverings. The cantileverings are poured when the concrete of the main part of the slab
is resistant, so that the composite effects are considered with a modular ratio equal to 15.22.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 0,0 40,0
3 1 -7,8 -7,8 -0,17%
8 1 -10,3 -10,3 -0,15%
13 1 6,1 6,1 -0,11%
15 1-2 24,1 24,1 -0,17%
17 2 6,1 6,1 -0,11%
22 2 -10,3 -10,3 -0,15%
27 2 -7,8 -7,8 -0,17%
29 2 40,1 -52,8

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 0.8 %

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -5,09 -5,08 -0,20%
3 1 -3,82 -3,81 -0,20% -2,41 -2,41 -0,09%
8 1 0,98 0,98 -0,05% 1,81 1,81 -0,12%
13 1 6,80 6,79 -0,20% 9,11 9,09 -0,28%
15 1-2 10,86 10,85 -0,09% -10,86 -10,85 -0,09%
17 2 -9,11 -9,09 -0,28% -6,80 -6,79 -0,21%
22 2 -1,81 -1,81 -0,12% -0,98 -0,98 -0,16%
27 2 2,41 2,41 -0,09% 3,82 3,81 -0,20%
29 2 5,09 5,08 -0,20% x x x

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 1.0%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 139 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.3 Superstructure
The load case Superstructure represents the effects of the weight of the ballast, of the
waterproof layer and of the rail track. The composite effects are considered with a modular
ratio equal to 15.22. The load of the rail track is equal to 1200 N/m, divided and loaded at the
location of the both rails.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 -0,1 -101,0
3 1 -48,0 -47,9 -0,26%
8 1 -67,0 -66,8 -0,22%
13 1 44,9 44,8 -0,20%
15 1-2 132,0 131,3 -0,53%
17 2 44,9 44,8 -0,20%
22 2 -67,0 -66,8 -0,22%
27 2 -48,0 -47,9 -0,26%
29 2 -96,5 -40,4

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 0.6 %

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -29,65 -29,53 -0,38%
3 1 -23,41 -23,38 -0,15% -16,95 -16,90 -0,26%
8 1 7,97 7,94 -0,37% 14,20 14,15 -0,37%
13 1 38,93 38,87 -0,16% 45,28 45,15 -0,27%
15 1-2 50,94 50,80 -0,27% -50,94 -50,80 -0,27%
17 2 -45,28 -45,15 -0,27% -38,93 -38,87 -0,15%
22 2 -14,20 -14,15 -0,37% -7,97 -7,94 -0,33%
27 2 16,95 16,90 -0,27% 23,41 23,37 -0,16%
29 2 29,65 29,53 -0,38% x x x

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 0.4%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 140 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.4 Superstructure +
The load case Superstructure + represents the effects of the weight of the ballast, of the
waterproof layer and of the rail track. The weight of the ballast is increased by an uncertainty
factor of 1.10.The composite effects are considered with a modular ratio equal to 15.22.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 -0,1 -104,0
3 1 -52,3 -52,1 -0,24%
8 1 -72,9 -72,8 -0,21%
13 1 48,8 48,8 -0,18%
15 1-2 143,0 143,0 -0,01%
17 2 48,8 48,8 -0,18%
22 2 -72,9 -72,8 -0,21%
27 2 -52,3 -52,1 -0,24%
29 2 -99,5 -41,6

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 0.5 %

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -32,30 -32,18 -0,37%
3 1 -25,49 -25,45 -0,13% -18,45 -18,41 -0,25%
8 1 8,68 8,65 -0,32% 15,47 15,41 -0,38%
13 1 42,38 42,32 -0,14% 49,28 49,15 -0,25%
15 1-2 55,49 55,35 -0,25% -55,49 -55,35 -0,25%
17 2 -49,28 -49,15 -0,25% -42,38 -42,32 -0,14%
22 2 -15,47 -15,41 -0,36% -8,68 -8,65 -0,32%
27 2 18,45 18,41 -0,24% 25,49 25,45 -0,14%
29 2 32,30 32,18 -0,37% x x x

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 0.4%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 141 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.5 Superstructure
The load case Superstructure - represents the effects of the weight of the ballast, of the
waterproof layer and of the rail track. The weight of the ballast is decreased by an uncertainty
factor of 0.90.The composite effects are considered with a modular ratio equal to 15.22.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 -0,1 -97,0
3 1 -43,7 -43,6 -0,28%
8 1 -61,0 -60,9 -0,24%
13 1 40,9 40,8 -0,22%
15 1-2 120,0 119,6 -0,33%
17 2 40,9 40,8 -0,22%
22 2 -61,0 -60,9 -0,25%
27 2 -43,7 -43,6 -0,28%
29 2 -93,6 -39,2

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 0.6 %

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -26,99 -26,88 -0,40%
3 1 -21,34 -21,30 -0,18% -15,44 -15,40 -0,28%
8 1 7,26 7,23 -0,38% 12,93 12,88 -0,42%
13 1 35,48 35,42 -0,17% 41,28 41,15 -0,30%
15 1-2 46,39 46,25 -0,29% -46,39 -46,25 -0,29%
17 2 -41,28 -41,15 -0,30% -35,48 -35,42 -0,17%
22 2 -12,93 -12,88 -0,40% -7,26 -7,23 -0,35%
27 2 15,44 15,40 -0,28% 21,34 21,30 -0,18%
29 2 26,99 26,88 -0,40% x x x

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 0.4%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 142 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.1.6 Equipment
The load case Equipment represents the effects of the load of the parapet and of the gutter.
The composite effects are considered with a modular ratio equal to 15.22.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
1 1 -1,1 -1127,0
3 1 -14,6 -14,6 -0,25%
8 1 -20,4 -20,4 -0,14%
13 1 13,1 13,1 -0,06%
15 1-2 41,1 41,0 -0,19%
17 2 13,1 13,1 -0,06%
22 2 -20,4 -20,4 -0,14%
27 2 -14,6 -14,6 -0,26%
29 2 -1127,1 -664,6

A very good accuracy is observed. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less
than 0.7 %

Shear force

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -5,27 -5,24 -0,51%
3 1 -8,06 -8,04 -0,21% -4,81 -4,81 -0,01%
8 1 1,87 1,87 -0,09% 3,46 3,46 -0,08%
13 1 13,69 13,66 -0,22% 18,03 17,97 -0,36%
15 1-2 10,62 10,61 -0,09% -10,62 -10,61 -0,09%
17 2 -18,03 -17,97 -0,36% -13,69 -13,66 -0,22%
22 2 -3,46 -3,46 -0,08% -1,87 -1,87 -0,03%
27 2 4,81 4,81 0,01% 8,06 8,04 -0,21%
29 2 5,27 5,24 -0,53% x x x

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The symmetry of the results is also
obtained. For other beams, the deviation keeps always less than 0.6%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 143 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.2 Live loads

5.3.2.1 Assumptions
The Load Models LM71, SW0 and SW2 are calculated with the following assumptions:
- factor (DIN 101 6.3.2 (3)): = 1
- Dynamic factor calculated for a carefully maintained track(DIN 101 6.4.3.2)
1.44
= + 0.82
L 0 .2
L = k Lm = 1.2 x 12 = 14.4 m
= 1.22

5.3.2.2 Load Model 71


This load model, called hereafter LM71, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 6.3.2. It represents the
static effect of vertical loading due to normal rail traffic.
The principles of calculation with ANSYS can be described by the following steps:
- Selection of the three possible location of the track: yC, yC+e and yC-e, where yC is
the theoretical location and e the uncertainty of the location.
- For each location of the track, selection of the three possible repartition of the
vertical load between the two rails, according to DIN 101 6.3.1 (see Figure 62).
- For each of the nine transverse situations, calculation of each of the longitudinal
configurations (see Figure 63).

Q
Transverse configurations of the
Q1 Q2 repartition of the loads:

1 : Q1 = 0.5 Q and Q2 = 0.5 Q


2 : Q1 = 0.556 Q and Q2 = 0.444 Q
3 : Q1 = 0.444 Q and Q2 = 0.556 Q

Figure 62 : Transverse repartition of the load between the rails

The following longitudinal configurations of load have been considered taking into account
the fact that LM71 load model can be split up into several parts so that the worst effect is
reached. The configurations have been selected to cover so far as possible situations in the
calculations of the moment and of the shear force. This leads to a high number of cases
(4500 cases).

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 144 / 242


Validation Manual

xi

Configuration n1:

L
100 cases for 0 xi L

L/4 xi
Configuration n2:

L
50 cases for 0 xi L / 2; 50 other steps for the symmetric cases

xi

Configuration n3:

50 cases for 0 xi L / 2; 50 other steps for the symmetric cases

xi

Configuration n4:

50 cases for 0 xi L / 2; 50 other steps for the symmetric cases

xi

Configuration n5:

50 cases for 0 xi L / 2; 50 other steps for the symmetric cases

Figure 63 : Longitudinal configurations for LM71 load model

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 145 / 242


Validation Manual

The solicitations obtained in the elements of the beam n2 are presented hereafter:

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
3 1 37,39 37,35 -0,12% -237,85 -238,64 0,33%
8 1 124,54 124,40 -0,11% -394,99 -396,47 0,37%
13 1 222,42 223,44 0,46% -80,14 -78,41 -2,16%
15 1-2 406,64 405,93 -0,17% 0,00 0,00
17 2 222,42 223,44 0,46% -80,14 -78,41 -2,16%
22 2 124,54 124,40 -0,11% -394,99 -396,47 0,37%
27 2 37,39 37,35 -0,11% -237,85 -238,64 0,33%

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. It is to be noted that the moments
can never be greater than 0 with ACOBRI, what is conservative. It explained the
difference observed in section 15, at intermediate support.

M (kNm)
ACOBRI
500
ANSYS
400

300

200

100

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Figure 64 : Envelope bending moments LM71 Load case Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 146 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x 20,72 20,70 -0,11%
3 1 22,68 22,55 -0,60% 29,35 25,34 -13,68%
8 1 78,36 76,86 -1,91% 92,24 92,93 0,74%
13 1 169,66 164,34 -3,14% 186,75 184,74 -1,07%
15 1-2 217,26 215,92 -0,62% 1,38 0,00
17 2 0,00 8,86 12,54 12,58 0,28%
22 2 43,14 41,67 -3,41% 50,90 52,59 3,32%
27 2 112,89 112,11 -0,69% 131,82 131,37 -0,35%
29 2 157,46 158,74 0,82% x x x

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -157,46 -158,74 0,81%
3 1 -131,82 -131,37 -0,34% -112,89 -112,12 -0,68%
8 1 -50,90 -52,59 3,33% -43,14 -41,68 -3,39%
13 1 -12,54 -12,58 0,28% 0,00 -8,86
15 1-2 -1,38 0,00 -217,26 -215,92 -0,62%
17 2 -186,75 -184,74 -1,07% -169,66 -164,34 -3,14%
22 2 -92,24 -92,93 0,75% -78,36 -76,86 -1,91%
27 2 -29,35 -25,34 -13,67% -22,68 -22,55 -0,60%
29 2 -20,72 -20,70 -0,12% x x x

A good accuracy of results can be observed for significant values. Some noticeable
deviations can be obtained due to the difference of methods between both calculations.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 147 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.2.3 Load Model SW0


This load model, called hereafter SW0, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 6.3.3. It represents the
static effect of vertical loading due to normal rail traffic on continuous beams.
The circulation of the load model SW0 on the bridge is divided in 100 steps. The loads are
applied at the location of the rails, their spacing being equal to 1.435 m. Three locations of
the rail track are considered: yC, yC+e and yC-e, where yC is the theoretical location and e the
uncertainty of the location.
The solicitations obtained in the elements of the beam n2 are presented hereafter:

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
3 1 36,24 36,21 -0,07% -211,77 -211,61 -0,08%
8 1 120,72 120,64 -0,07% -364,96 -364,61 -0,09%
13 1 222,76 222,51 -0,11% -42,66 -42,58 -0,19%
15 1-2 410,12 409,64 -0,12% 0,00 0,00
17 2 222,76 222,51 -0,11% -42,59 -42,58 -0,02%
22 2 120,76 120,64 -0,10% -364,96 -364,61 -0,09%
27 2 36,25 36,21 -0,10% -211,77 -211,61 -0,08%

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

M (kNm)
500

400
ACOBRI
300 ANSYS

200

100

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

Figure 65 : Envelope bending moments SW0 Load case Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 148 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x 20,09 20,07 -0,08%
3 1 20,16 20,14 -0,07% 20,13 20,11 -0,07%
8 1 61,94 61,79 -0,25% 76,40 76,18 -0,28%
13 1 142,81 142,41 -0,28% 161,12 161,68 0,35%
15 1-2 185,53 186,21 0,37% 0,00 0,00
17 2 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00
22 2 5,51 5,78 4,95% 16,08 16,06 -0,13%
27 2 82,93 82,76 -0,20% 106,02 106,17 0,14%
29 2 134,26 134,02 -0,18% x x x

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -134,26 -134,02 -0,18%
3 1 -106,05 -106,18 0,12% -82,90 -82,76 -0,17%
8 1 -16,24 -16,05 -1,15% -5,39 -5,78 7,18%
13 1 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00
15 1-2 0,00 0,00 -185,53 -186,21 0,37%
17 2 -161,12 -161,68 0,35% -141,59 -142,40 0,57%
22 2 -76,44 -76,18 -0,34% -61,95 -61,79 -0,27%
27 2 -20,13 -20,11 -0,12% -20,16 -20,14 -0,10%
29 2 -20,09 -20,07 -0,10% x x x

A good accuracy of results can be observed (all significant values less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 149 / 242


Validation Manual

5.3.2.4 Load Model SW2


This load model, called hereafter SW2, is defined by DIN 101 (2003) 6.3.3. It represents the
static effect of vertical loading due to heavy rail traffic.
The circulation of the load model SW2 on the bridge is divided in 100 steps. The loads are
applied at the location of the rails, their spacing being equal to 1.435 m. Three locations of
the rail track are considered: yC, yC+e and yC-e, where yC is the theoretical location and e the
uncertainty of the location.
The solicitations obtained in the elements of the beam n2 are given and presented
hereafter:

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
3 1 40,82 40,86 0,09% -238,62 -238,67 0,02%
8 1 135,49 136,11 0,46% -411,34 -411,23 -0,03%
13 1 247,78 248,15 0,15% -47,90 -48,17 0,56%
15 1-2 550,48 549,95 -0,10% 0,00 0,00
17 2 248,39 248,15 -0,10% -47,84 -48,17 0,68%
22 2 136,71 136,11 -0,43% -411,34 -411,23 -0,03%
27 2 40,86 40,85 -0,01% -238,62 -238,67 0,02%

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

M (kNm)
600 ACOBRI

ANSYS

400

200

0
0 5 10 15 20 25

-200

-400

-600

Figure 66 : Envelope bending moments SW2 Load case Girder n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 150 / 242


Validation Manual

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x 22,63 22,65 0,09%
3 1 22,71 22,73 0,09% 23,47 22,69 -3,32%
8 1 70,42 70,08 -0,48% 84,90 84,46 -0,52%
13 1 162,34 161,61 -0,45% 187,97 188,04 0,04%
15 1-2 224,59 223,60 -0,44% 0,00 0,00
17 2 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00
22 2 5,07 4,94 -2,74% 15,46 15,36 -0,65%
27 2 92,85 93,36 0,55% 119,91 119,74 -0,14%
29 2 151,35 151,17 -0,12% x x x

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat. ANSYS ACOBRI Deviat.
1 1 x x x -151,35 -151,17 -0,12%
3 1 -119,62 -119,74 0,10% -93,25 -93,37 0,12%
8 1 -15,67 -15,36 -1,99% -5,00 -4,93 -1,33%
13 1 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00
15 1-2 0,00 0,00 -223,37 -223,60 0,10%
17 2 -187,97 -188,04 0,04% -162,34 -161,61 -0,45%
22 2 -85,38 -84,46 -1,08% -69,84 -70,08 0,34%
27 2 -22,81 -22,69 -0,52% -22,73 -22,73 -0,01%
29 2 -22,65 -22,65 -0,02% x x x

A good accuracy of results can be observed (all significant values less than 1%). The
symmetry of the results is also seen.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 151 / 242


Validation Manual

5.4 Validation of eigen mode


The first vertical eigen mode has been calculated with ANSYS, on the model developed for
live loads (short term modular ratio). The masses considered in the model include:
- the masses of the steel beams, of the slab concrete and of the formworks
- the masses of waterproof layer, of the ballast and of the track
- the equivalent masses of the equipment loads (parapet and gutter).
The total mass considered in the calculations is 334270 kg.
The frequency of the first eigen mode calculated by ANSYS (Lanczos method) is
f = 6.108 Hz.
The frequency of the first eigen mode calculated by ACOBRI (Rayleigh method) is
f = 6.11 Hz.

Figure 67 : First eigen mode according to ANSYS

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 152 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5 Validation of verifications


5.5.1 Combinations

5.5.1.1 Abbreviations
The following abbreviations will be used hereafter to represent the load cases.

Abbreviation Load case


W Weight
WC Weight of cantileverings
SS Superstructure
Dead Loads
SS(+) Superstructure +
SS(-) Superstructure -
EQ Equipment
LM71 Load Model 71
Live Loads SW0 Load Model SW0
SW1 Load model SW2

5.5.1.2 Serviceability limit states


The combinations to be considered for Serviceability Limit States are given in the following
tables:

Characteristic combinations

The general relations of characteristics combinations are given below:

G+Q

With:

G = W + WC+ SS(+) + EQ or G = W + WC + SS(-) + EQ


Q = LM71 or Q = SW0 or Q = SW2

So the characteristic combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-1 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + LM71
SLS-2 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + SW0
SLS-3 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + SW2
SLS-4 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + LM71
SLS-5 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + SW0
SLS-6 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + SW2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 153 / 242


Validation Manual

Frequent combinations

The general relations of frequent combinations are given below:

G + 1 Q

With:

1: Factors for combination value. 1 = 0.8 for all live loads.

So the frequent combinations considered in the document are:

Index Combination
SLS-7 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 LM71
SLS-8 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 SW0
SLS-9 W + WC + SS(+) + EQ + 0.8 SW2
SLS-10 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + 0.8 LM71
SLS-11 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + 0.8 SW0
SLS-12 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + 0.8 SW2

Quasi-permanent combinations

The general relations of quasi-permanent combinations are given below:

G + 2 Q

With:

2: Factors for combination value. 2 = 0.0 for all live loads, so that no quasi-
permanent combinations will be considered.

Non-frequent combinations

The general relations of non-frequent combinations are given below:

G + 1 Q

With:

1: Factor for combination value. 1 = 1.0 for all live loads, so that non frequent
combinations are identical to characteristic ones.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 154 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.1.3 Ultimate limit states

The general relations of characteristics combinations are given below:

G G + Q Q

With:

G, Q: Partial factors

The values of partial factors used for this bridge are:

G = 1.35
Q = 1.45 for LM71 or SW0 load models
Q = 1.20 for SW2 load model

Index Combination
ULS-1 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.45 LM71
ULS-2 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.45 SW0
ULS-3 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(+) + 1.35 EQ + 1.20 SW2
ULS-4 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(-) + 1.35 EQ + 1.45 LM71
ULS-5 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(-) + 1.35 EQ + 1.45 SW0
ULS-6 1.35 W + 1.35 WC + 1.35 SS(-) + 1.35 EQ + 1.20 SW2

5.5.1.4 Fatigue limit states

Index Combination
FLS-1 W + WC+ SS(+) + EQ + Qfat
FLS-2 W + WC + SS(-) + EQ + Qfat

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 155 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.2 Section characteristics

5.5.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for verifications


For filler beam decks, the effective widths for verifications and for solicitations are identical.
The theoretical values and the values calculated by ACOBRI are compared in the following
table:

Theoretical (m) ACOBRI (m)


Beam n1 0.3 + 0.674 / 2 = 0.637 0.637
Beam n2 to 5 0.674 0.674
Beam n6 0.674 / 2 + 0.33 = 0.667 0.667

5.5.2.2 Elastic Modulus


Considering the effective width of concrete, the modular ratio and the different states of the
concrete (see chapter 5.5.3.5), the location of elastic neutral axis and the elastic modulus are
calculated for:

- the upper and lower flanges (W top and W bot) under positive and negative moments,
- the upper side of concrete slab (W slab) under positive moment
- the lower side of concrete slab (W slab) under negative moment
- the reinforcement (W rein).under negative moment.

The location of the elastic neutral axis (zel) is calculated and given about the lower fibre of the
steel section.
The hereunder results are presented according to the state of the slab (Steel section:
HE600A). These theoretical calculations have been carried out with an alternative EXCEL
application for filler beams.

Pouring of concrete:

Theoretical ACOBRI
zel (mm) 295 295
4
Inertia (cm ) 141200 141207
3
W top (cm ) -4787 -4787
3
W bot (cm ) 4787 4787
Theoretical values from ARCELOR sales program for HE600A.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 156 / 242


Validation Manual

Under positive moments, the compressed part of concrete being considered

Results for girder n2 (effective width l = 0.674 m)

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 15.22 6.31 15.22 6.31
zel (mm) 402.2 465.8 402.2 465.9
3
W top (cm ) -11486 -22480 -11489 -22491
3
W bot (cm ) 5532 5991 5531 5991
3
W slab (cm ) -100236 -64239 -100255 -64251

Under negative moments, the reinforcement and the compressed part of concrete being
considered

Results for girder n2 (effective width l = 0.674 m)

Theoretical ACOBRI
neq 15.22 6.31 15.22 6.31
zel (mm) 275.4 246.9 NA NA
3
W top (cm ) -5473 -5396 -5466 -5390
3
W bot (cm ) 6250 7499 6243 7491
3
W slab (cm ) 130728 67964 130573 67887
3
W rein (cm ) -4055 -4086 -4050 -4082

All deviations are less than 1 %.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 157 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.2.3 Plastic moments


It is to be noted that a positive moment tends to compress the upper face of the concrete
slab (see chapter 2.1) and a negative moment tends to compress the lower face of the slab.
Considering the effective width of the slab, as determined in chapter 5.5.2.1, the plastic
characteristics of the sections will be calculated: the class of the section, the plastic moment,
the location of the neutral axis and factor when relevant.
The material yielding stresses used are:

- concrete: 0.85 fck / c = 19.83 MPa


- steel: fy / M0 = 265 MPa
- reinforcement : frein / v = 434,8 MPa

With:

fck: Characteristic value of the cylinder compressive strength of concrete at 28


days; for this case, fck = 35 MPa.
fy: Yield strength of the steel of girders. fy = 265 MPa
frein: Yield stress of the reinforcement steel. frein =500 MPa
c: Partial factor for concrete; c = 1.5
M0: Partial factor for steel; M0 = 1.0
v: Partial factor for reinforcement; v = 1.15

Principle of calculation:

The plastic moments are calculated considering only the compressed part of the slab.
The part of the slab which is in tension is not considered. When the reinforcements are
in the tension part of the slab, they are considered; when they are in the compressed
part, they are neglected.
This principle is illustrated by the stresses patterns considered for positive moments
and for negative moments.

Effective width
- 0,85 fcj / c
- fy / M0

Plastic
neutral
axis

fy / M0
Stresses in the girder Stresses in the slab

Figure 68 : Filler beam deck - Positive plastic moment

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 158 / 242


Validation Manual

Stresses patterns

fsk / v

fy / M0
0
Plastic
neutral axis

- 0,85 fcj / c

- fy / M0

Steel beam Concrete Reinforcement

Figure 69 : Filler beam deck Negative plastic moment

Class of sections:

235
= = 0.942
265
Section: HE600A

27

13 590

25

300

Figure 70 : HE600A section Dimensions

Class of the flanges under compression, according to DIN104 table K.1:

c / t = (300/2 25 13/2) / 25 = 4.74 10 = 9.42

Class of flanges = 1

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 159 / 242


Validation Manual

Class of the web:

d / tw = (590 2 x 25 2 x 27) / 13 = 486 / 13 = 37.4

d / tw 42 = 39.6

The class of the web under pure compression is 3. According to


DIN 104 K.4.1 (5), this web can be considered as a web of class 2, all its area
being effective.

The girders of this bridge are all considered as Class 2 sections.

Positive moments:

MPlRd is the positive plastic moment, zPNA the location the plastic neutral axis about the
bottom fibre of the section and the factor calculated from DIN 104 4.4.1.2 (4) to take
into account the effect of the location of the neutral plastic axis. The results of both
theoretical and ACOBRI calculations are presented hereunder for the girder n2.
Results for girder n2 (effective width l = 0.674 m)

Theoretical ACOBRI
zPNA (mm) 566.0 566.0
MplRd (kNm) 1872.7 1873
0.948 0.949

In all sections, the Plastic neutral axis is located 3 mm above the lower face of the
upper flange. It is then not located in the web. A warning massage is well displayed
after the end of the calculations, and also in the calculation sheet, chapter synthesis.

Negative moments:

MPlRd is the positive plastic moment, zPNA the location the plastic neutral axis about the
bottom fibre of the section. No factor is applied for negative moment. The results of
both theoretical and ACOBRI calculations are presented hereunder for the girder n2.
Results for girder n2 (effective width l = 0.674 m)

Theoretical ACOBRI
zPNA (mm) 172.8 172.8
MplRd (kNm) 1758.6 1764

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 160 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.2.4 Shear area


The expression of the shear area is given by the following relation:

Av = A 2 b tf + (tw + 2 r) tf

r tf

tw Shear section Av

Figure 71 : Shear section

The theoretical value calculated for the three files of girders and the values obtained with
ACOBRI are compared in the following table:

HE600A
2
Theoretical value (cm ) RV 93.25
2
ACOBRI result (cm ) CS 93.21

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 161 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.3 Serviceability limit states

5.5.3.1 Deflection of the rail track


The deflection of the rail track is calculated at the rail track axis and the limit of deflection is
obtained from DIN 101 G.3.1.3.2. The verification of the deflection can be summarized by the
following relation:

f flim = L / R

With:

f: deflection of the rail track, calculated at the axis


L: length of the span
R: Value greater than 600, that is either imposed by the user or calculated from
DIN 101 Figure G.3.

The ratio associated to this criterion is = f / flim.

The speed of trains considered is equal to V = 220 km/h. So according to DIN 101 Figure
G.3, L / = 1100.

The bridge is a continuous two spans bridge, so that the value of L / d is to be multiplied by
0.7. The comfort acceleration is defined by bv = 1,1 m/s2 and the value of L / should be
divided by bv. And at last, the length of the span is L = 12 m. So that the limit for the
deflection of the rail track can be calculated as follow:

flim = L / R = 12 / (1100 x 0,7 / 1,1) = 12 / 700 = 17,1 mm

It is to be noted that is the same conditions, the ENV rules to a value of R = 606, so that flim
would have been equal to 19.8 mm.

The results obtained for the checked sections of the rail track are given hereunder:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,000 0,000
3 1 0,211 0,212 0,36%
8 1 0,431 0,433 0,42%
13 1 0,165 0,166 0,30%
15 1-2 0,000 0,000
17 2 0,165 0,166 0,30%
22 2 0,431 0,433 0,42%
27 2 0,211 0,212 0,36%
29 2 0,000 0,000

The comparison shows a very good accuracy of ACOBRI (all deviations less than 1%).

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 162 / 242


Validation Manual

0,50

0,45

0,40

ANSYS
0,35 ACOBRI

0,30

0,25

0,20

0,15

0,10

0,05

0,00
0,00 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 72 : Rail track deflection


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for LM71 Load case

5.5.3.2 Deck twist

The deck twist is controlled by verifying in each section of the rails track the following
relation:

g glim

Where:

g is the deck twist under LM 71 load case, multiplied by the dynamic factor (see
chapter 5.3.2.1). The definition of g is given in Figure 73.

Section

1.5 m
1.5 m
g rail track axis

Figure 73 : Deck twist

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 163 / 242


Validation Manual

glim is the limit for the deck twist. Because the speed of the train is assumed to be in the
interval V > 200 km/h, the limit of the deck twist is defined by DIN 101 G.3.1.2.2 as:

glim = 1.5 mm.

The ratio for this criterion is defined by: = g / glim.

The results obtained for the checked sections of the rail track are given hereunder:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,140 0,140 -0,01%
3 1 0,236 0,235 -0,45%
8 1 0,069 0,046 -33,52%
13 1 0,212 0,211 -0,68%
15 1-2 0,144 0,144 -0,05%
17 2 0,212 0,211 -0,68%
22 2 0,069 0,046 -33,52%
27 2 0,236 0,235 -0,45%
29 2 0,140 0,140 -0,01%

The important deviations obtained in sections 8 and 22 are due to the difference of
calculation methods and are obtained for non significant values.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 164 / 242


Validation Manual

0,3

0,2

0,2

0,1

ANSYS
ACOBRI

0,1

0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25

Figure 74 : Deck twist


Comparison of ANSYS and ACOBRI ratios for LM71 Load case

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 165 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.3.3 Angular rotations at the end of the deck


The angular rotations at the ends of the deck are controlled by verifying at each end of the
rails track the following relation:

lim

Where:

: Angular rotation of the deck, calculated at the rail track axis, for LM71 load case
multiplied by the dynamic coefficient (see chapter 5.3.2.1).
lim: Limit of the angular rotation of the deck, calculated according to DIN101
G.3.1.2.3. For this bridge, with a single rail track, the limit is: lim = 6.5 10-3 rad.

The values calculated with ANSYS or obtained with ACOBRI are presented in the following
table:

First end Second end


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Rotation under LM71 (mrad) 1,719 NA 1,719 NA
Rotation under LM71 (mrad) 2,098 2,12 2,098 2,12
Deviation of results = 1,05 % = 1,05 %
Limit of rotation lim (mrad) 6,50 6,50 6,50 6,50

5.5.3.4 Minimum reinforcement


From DIN 104 K 5.2 (1), the minimum reinforcement of the slab if verified with the relation:

s 1.0 %

With:

s: reinforcement factor; for this bridge, s = 1%

In ACOBRI calculation sheet, the here above relation is verified for each section of the
bridge.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 166 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.3.5 Calculation of stresses


For each section and for each combination (see chapter 5.5.1.2), the following steps are
carried out:

- Calculation of the bending moment, excluding the part due to the Weight load
case
- According to the sign of this bending moment, the state of the concrete slab is
determined:
o if the moment is positive:
The upper face of the slab in compression and the lower face in
tension. The lower face is cracked.
o if the moment is negative:
The upper face of the slab is in tension and the lower face in
compression. The reinforcement bars are in tension.
- Calculation of the characteristics of the section for both assumptions (positive
and negative moments): neutral axis location, inertia and elastic modulus.
- The stresses are calculated in the section, according to the state of the slab:
o if the moment is positive:
Normal stresses in upper and lower flanges
Compression stresses in the upper face of concrete
o if the moment is negative:
Normal stresses in upper and lower flanges
Compression stresses in the lower face of concrete
Tension stresses in the reinforcement.

Effective width Effective width

Reinforcement

Elastic Part of the slab in


neutral compression Elastic
axis neutral axis

Part of the slab in


traction: not
considered

Negative bending moment


Positive bending moment

Figure 75 : States of the slab according to the sign of the bending moment

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 167 / 242


Validation Manual

The SLS combinations considered for the calculations of normal stresses are:

- characteristic combinations for normal stresses in steel girders,


- non frequent combinations for compression in concrete, tension in reinforcement
(cracked concrete).

5.5.3.6 Compression stresses in concrete


The normal stresses in concrete (upper face of the slab under positive moment and lower
face under negative moment) are calculated according to the method described in chapter
5.5.3.5. These stresses are verified with the following criteria:

concrete < 0.6 fck

With:

concrete: compressive stress in the upper fibre of the concrete slab


fck: limit of compressive strength in concrete.
For the present case, fck = 35 MPa.

The results obtained for the sections of the beam n2 are given hereunder:

Ratio concrete = concrete / 0.6 fy

Upper flange
ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,001 0,001
3 1 0,212 0,212 -0,17%
8 1 0,354 0,354 -0,04%
13 1 0,198 0,199 0,31%
15 1-2 0,462 0,462 0,10%
17 2 0,199 0,199 0,09%
22 2 0,354 0,354 -0,04%
27 2 0,212 0,212 -0,17%
29 2 0,001 0,001

All deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 168 / 242


Validation Manual

0,50
ANSYS M>0

0,45 ANSYS M<0


ACOBRI
0,40

0,35

0,30

0,25

0,20

0,15

0,10

0,05

0,00
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 76 : Stress criteria in concrete Beam n2

5.5.3.7 Tension stresses in reinforcement


The normal stresses in concrete (upper face of the slab under positive moment and lower
face under negative moment) are calculated according to the method described in chapter
5.5.3.5. These stresses are verified with the following criteria:

rein < 0.8 fsk

With:

rein: tension stresses in the upper layer of reinforcement, which takes into account
the increase due to the effects of tension stiffening of concrete:
rein = s0 + s
0,4 f ctm AI
s = and st =
st s A a Ia
fctm: mean tensile strength in concrete, 3.21 MPa for this case
s: reinforcement ratio = 0.01 for this case
A, I: Area and second moment of area of the composite section under negative
moment
Aa, Ia: Area and second moment of area of the steel section.
fsk: yielding stress for reinforcement steel. In this case, fsk = 500 MPa.

Ratio: rein = rein / (0.8 fsk)

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 169 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the sections of the beam n2 are given hereunder:

Upper flange
ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,137 0,000
3 1 0,000 0,000
8 1 0,163 0,160 -1,79%
13 1 0,330 0,327 -0,95%
15 1-2 0,602 0,599 -0,46%
17 2 0,330 0,327 -1,06%
22 2 0,164 0,160 -2,24%
27 2 0,000 0,000
29 2 0,137 0,000

All deviations are less than 1%, except for the section at the abutments. The difference is
due to threshold effects, with small value of moments, that leads or not to take into account
the effect of the tension stiffening of the concrete.

0,70

0,60 ANSYS
ACOBRI

0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 77 : Stress criteria in reinforcement Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 170 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.3.8 Normal stresses in steel girders


The normal stresses are calculated in the upper flange and in the lower flange according to
the method described in chapter 5.5.3.5. These stresses are verified with the following
criteria:
fy
top <
M,ser
fy
bot <
M,ser

With:

top, bot: normal stresses in the upper and the lower flange respectively
M,ser: partial coefficient. In this case, M,ser = 1.00
fy: yielding stress.

The thickness of the flanges is equal to 25 mm (HE600A). For this thickness and for S275
steel grade, according to EN 10113-3 used in ACOBRI, the yielding stress is fy = 265 MPa.

The results obtained for the sections of the beam n2 are given hereunder:

Ratio top = top M,ser / fy

Upper flange Lower flange


ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%) (%)
1 1 0,001 0 0,001 0,0005
3 1 0,132 0,131 -0,60% 0,269 0,2685 -0,25%
8 1 0,197 0,196 -0,34% 0,424 0,423 -0,32%
13 1 0,283 0,283 -0,15% 0,229 0,229 0,00%
15 1-2 0,716 0,714 -0,30% 0,590 0,589 -0,23%
17 2 0,284 0,283 -0,30% 0,229 0,229 -0,13%
22 2 0,197 0,196 -0,34% 0,424 0,423 -0,32%
27 2 0,132 0,131 -0,60% 0,269 0,2685 -0,25%
29 2 0,001 0 0,001 0,0005

All deviations are less than 1%.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 171 / 242


Validation Manual

0,8

0,7

0,6 ANSYS
ACOBRI

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 78 : Stress criteria in upper flange Beam n2

0,7

0,6

ANSYS
0,5 ACOBRI

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 79 : Stress criteria in lower flange Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 172 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.4 Ultimate limit states

5.5.4.1 Shear force


The resistance to shear force under ULS combinations is verified in each section by the
following relation:

VEd < VplRd

With:

VEd: Shear force in the section under the considered combination of load cases.
VplRd: Resistant shear force, given by the relation:

A v fy
VplRd =
M0 3

Av: Shear section as calculated in 5.5.2.4. Av = 93.25 cm2


So: VplRd = 1427 kN
M0: Partial factor for resistance of cross-sections; M0 = 1.0

The associated ratio will be:

VEd
=
VplRd

The results obtained for the sections of girder n2 are given hereunder:

Forces Ratios
ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span V V (%)
1R 1 357,8 359,7 0,251 0,252 0,49%
3L 1 297,6 297,0 0,209 0,208 -0,29%
3R 1 238,9 237,8 0,167 0,167 -0,28%
8L 1 148,2 146,0 0,104 0,102 -1,81%
8R 1 195,6 196,6 0,137 0,138 0,64%
13 L 1 424,4 416,7 0,297 0,292 -1,85%
13 R 1 482,8 479,9 0,338 0,337 -0,41%
15 L 1 543,9 541,9 0,381 0,380 -0,32%
15 R 2 543,9 541,9 0,381 0,380 -0,32%
17 L 2 482,8 479,9 0,338 0,337 -0,41%
17 R 2 424,4 416,7 0,297 0,292 -1,85%
22 L 2 195,6 196,6 0,137 0,138 0,64%
22 R 2 148,2 146,0 0,104 0,102 -1,81%
27 L 2 238,9 237,8 0,167 0,167 -0,28%

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 173 / 242


Validation Manual

27 R 2 297,6 297,0 0,209 0,208 -0,29%


29 L 2 357,8 359,7 0,251 0,252 0,49%

All deviations are less than 2%.

5.5.4.2 Positive bending moment


It has been proven in 5.5.2.3 that all sections are class 2 under a positive moment. So
according to DIN 104 4.4.1, the resistance to positive bending moment is verified in each
section for ULS combinations with the following relations:

MEd < MplRd

With:

MEd: Positive bending moment in the section under the considered combination of
load cases.
MplRd: Positive resistant bending moment (see chapter 5.5.2.3).
: Factor calculated according to DIN 104 4.4.1.2 (4) to take into account the
location of the plastic neutral axis (see chapter 5.5.2.3).

The associated ratio will be:

MEd
=
MplRd

The results obtained for the sections of girder n2 are given hereunder:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,001 0,0005
3 1 0,316 0,316 -0,09%
8 1 0,492 0,493 0,07%
13 1 0,000 0
15 1-2 0,000 0
17 2 0,000 0
22 2 0,492 0,493 0,07%
27 2 0,316 0,316 -0,09%
29 2 0,001 0,0005

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 174 / 242


Validation Manual

0,6

ANSYS
0,5 ACOBRI

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 80 : ELU Bending resistance criteria under positive moments Beam n2

5.5.4.3 Negative bending moment


It has been proven in 5.5.2.3 that all sections are class 2 under a negative moment. So
according to DIN 104 4.4.1, the resistance to positive bending moment is verified in each
section for ULS combinations with the following relations:

MEd < MPlRd

With:

MEd: Negative bending moment in the section under the considered combination of
load cases.
MPlRd: Negative resistant bending moment (see chapter 5.5.2.3).

The associated ratio will be:

MEd
=
MPlRd

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 175 / 242


Validation Manual

The results obtained for the sections of the beam n2 are given hereunder:

ANSYS ACOBRI
Section Span (%)
1 1 0,001 0
3 1 0,000 0
8 1 0,000 0
13 1 0,297 0,2965 -0,32%
15 1-2 0,718 0,714 -0,58%
17 2 0,297 0,2965 -0,32%
22 2 0,000 0
27 2 0,000 0
29 2 0,001 0

0,8

0,7

0,6 ANSYS
ACOBRI

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0
0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0

Figure 81 : ELU Bending resistance criteria under negative moments Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 176 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.5 Fatigue limit states

5.5.5.1 Damage equivalent factor


The damage equivalence factor is calculated according to DIN 103: 2003 9.5.3, with the
following relation:

= 1 2 3 4 max

Parameters:

Type of traffic: EC MIX


Volume of traffic: 25 106 t/year

Calculation of 1:

Span 1 from Tab. II


Span
Length (m) 9-3
1 at midspan 12 0.826
1-2 at support 12 0.826
2 at midspan 12 0.826

Calculation of 2, from Tab II-9.6:

2 = 1.00

Calculation of 3, from Tab II-9.7:

3 = 1.00

Calculation of 4:

4 = 1.00 (only one railway track)

Calculation of max:

max = 1.4

Eventually, = 0.826 for each section of the bridge.

Values calculated by ACOBRI for each section: = 0.826

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 177 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.5.2 Stress ranges


The stress ranges in the flanges are calculated for the combination defined in chapter
5.5.1.4, according to DIN 104 4.9.4.1 (3):

E = 2 |maxf minf|

With: 2: Dynamic factor for railways bridges, calculated for a carefully maintained track
(DIN 101 6.4.3.2). 2 = as calculated in chapter 5.3.2.1
: Damage equivalent factor
maxf : Maximal stress in the flange under LM71 load, taking into account the sign of
the moment
minf : Minimal stress in the flange under LM71 load, taking into account the sign of
the moment

The stress ranges in the flanges are verified according to DIN 104 4.9.6 with the following
relation:

Ff E c / Mf

And the ratio can be expressed with the formula:

f = Ff Mf E / c

With: Ff: Partial factor for equivalent constant amplitude stress range
Mf: Partial factor for fatigue strength
c: Reference value of the fatigue strength at 2 million cycles

For the studied bridge:

Ff = 1.0
Mf = 1.35
c = 160 MPa for upper flange (no studs)
c = 160 MPa for lower flange

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 178 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.5.3 Stress ranges in upper flanges


The results obtained by ANSYS and by for the beam n2 are compared in the following table:

ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI


Section Span E E f f (%)
1 1 0,31 0,00 0,003 0
3 1 10,11 10,05 0,085 0,085 -0,39%
8 1 24,48 23,75 0,207 0,2 -3,19%
13 1 46,32 45,88 0,391 0,387 -0,97%
15 1-2 62,25 61,70 0,525 0,521 -0,80%
17 2 46,32 45,88 0,391 0,387 -0,97%
22 2 24,48 23,75 0,207 0,2 -3,19%
27 2 10,11 10,05 0,085 0,085 -0,39%
29 2 0,31 0,00 0,003 0

The comparison shows a very good accuracy of the ACOBRI results (all deviations are less
than 1%), which can also be seen on the following figure:

0,60

0,50
ANSYS
ACOBRI

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 5 10 15 20 25

Figure 82 : ELF Stress range criteria for upper flange Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 179 / 242


Validation Manual

5.5.5.4 Stress ranges in lower flanges


The results obtained by ANSYS and by for the beam n2 are compared in the following table:

ANSYS ACOBRI ANSYS ACOBRI


Section Span E E f f (%)
1 1 0,38 0,00 0,003 0
3 1 37,95 37,74 0,320 0,318 -0,68%
8 1 71,63 71,23 0,604 0,601 -0,55%
13 1 34,29 33,85 0,289 0,286 -1,15%
15 1-2 44,79 44,40 0,378 0,375 -0,77%
17 2 34,29 33,85 0,289 0,286 -1,15%
22 2 71,63 71,23 0,604 0,601 -0,55%
27 2 37,95 37,74 0,320 0,318 -0,68%
29 2 0,38 0,00 0,003 0

The comparison shows a very good accuracy of the ACOBRI results (all deviations are less
than 1%), which can also be seen on the following figure:

0,70

ANSYS
0,60
ACOBRI

0,50

0,40

0,30

0,20

0,10

0,00
0 5 10 15 20 25

Figure 83 : ELF Stress range criteria for lower flange Beam n2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 180 / 242


Validation Manual

6 REFERENCE RAILWAY BRIDGE UNDER EN RULES

6.1 Description of the bridge


REFERENCE RAILWAY BRIDGE UNDER EN RULES
Railway bridge Eurocode EN rules
Filler beam deck Six beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
See chapter 5.1
Main parameters of the loads:
See chapter 5.1
File: RAILS_EN_1.APM

When not explained in this chapter, the reference values used hereafter are justified in the
chapter 5.

6.2 FE Modelisation
6.2.1 Effective widths of concrete for solicitations

Effective width of concrete (m)


Reference ACOBRI
Beam n1 0.637 0.637
Beam n2 to 5 0.674 0.674
Beam n6 0.667 0.667

6.2.2 Modular ratios

Modular ratio
Reference ACOBRI
Dead loads 15.22 15.22
Live loads 6.31 6.32

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 181 / 242


Validation Manual

6.2.3 Masses

Reference ACOBRI
Actual mass of steel (kg) 25604 25600
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 26031 26025
Overlength (mm) 2 x 200 2 x 200
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 67.49 67.5
Mass of concrete (kg) 168745 168740
Mass of formworks (kg) 8747 8740
Waterproof layer mass (kg) 8340 8340
Mass of ballast (kg) 97920 97920
Mass of the track 2935 2936

6.3 Validation of loads and solicitations


6.3.1 Dead loads

Results are verified for the following sections of the second beam:

- section 8 (mid-span of the first span)


- section 15 (intermediate support between the two spans)

6.3.1.1 Weight

Bending moment

Section Span Ref. ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -120,0 -119,1 -0,78
15 1-2 238,0 235,7 -0,97

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Ref. ACOBRI (%)
8 1 14,2 14,1
15 1-2 93,5 92,7

A good accuracy of results can be observed.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 182 / 242


Validation Manual

6.3.1.2 Cantilevering weight

Bending moment

Section Span Ref. ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -10,3 -10.3 -
15 1-2 24,1 24.1 -

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Ref. ACOBRI (%)
8 1 0,98 0.98 -
15 1-2 10,86 10.97 +1.01

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The deviations keep always less than
1.0%.

6.3.1.3 Superstructure

Bending moment

Section Span Ref. ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -67,0 -66.8 -0.3
15 1-2 132,0 131.3 -0.5

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Ref. ACOBRI (%)
8 1 7,97 7.94 -0.38
15 1-2 50,94 50.80 -0.28

A very good accuracy of results can be observed.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 183 / 242


Validation Manual

6.3.1.4 Superstructure +
The effects of the load of the ballast are multiplied by 1.3 and the effects of the load of the
waterproof layer by 1.2. ANSYS calculations are carried out and its results are compared
with the ACOBRI results in the hereunder tables.

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -85,95 -85,78 -0,20%
15 1-2 168,95 168,57 -0,22%

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 10,23 10,2 -0,29%
15 1-2 65,42 65,25 -0,26%

A very good accuracy of results can be observed.

6.3.1.5 Superstructure

Bending moment

Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -47,96 -47,84 -0,25%
15 1-2 94,27 94,02 -0,27%

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 5,71 5,68 -0,53%
15 1-2 36,46 36,36 -0,27%

A very good accuracy of results can be observed.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 184 / 242


Validation Manual

6.3.1.6 Equipment

Bending moment

Section Span Ref. ACOBRI


(kNm) (kNm) (%)
8 1 -20,4 -20.4 -
15 1-2 41,1 41.0 -0.09

Shear force

On the left (kN)


Section Span Ref. ACOBRI (%)
8 1 1,87 1.87 -
15 1-2 10,62 10.61 -0.24

A very good accuracy of results can be observed. The deviation keeps always less than %.

6.3.2 Live loads

6.3.2.1 Load Model SW0

Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%) ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 120,72 120,64 -0,07% -364,96 -364,61 -0,09%
15 1-2 410,12 409,64 -0,12% 0,00 0,00

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (deviations less than 1%).

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%) ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 61,94 61,79 -0,25% 76,40 76,18 -0,28%
15 1-2 185,53 186,21 0,37% 0,00 0,00

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 185 / 242


Validation Manual

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%) ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 -16,24 -16,05 -1,15% -5,39 -5,78 7,18%
15 1-2 0,00 0,00 -185,53 -186,21 0,37%

A good accuracy of results can be observed.

6.3.2.2 Load Model SW2


Bending moment

Minimum moment (kNm) Maximum moment (kNm)


Section Span RV ACOBRI (%) RV ACOBRI (%)
8 1 135,49 136,11 0,46% -411,34 -411,23 -0,03%
15 1-2 550,48 549,95 -0,10% 0,00 0,00

A very good accuracy of results can be observed (all deviations less than 1%).

Shear force

Maximum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%) ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 70,42 70,08 -0,48% 84,90 84,46 -0,52%
15 1-2 224,59 223,60 -0,44% 0,00 0,00

Minimum shear forces:

On the left (kN) On the right (kN)


Section Span ANSYS ACOBRI (%) ANSYS ACOBRI (%)
8 1 -15,67 -15,36 -1,99% -5,00 -4,93 -1,33%
15 1-2 0,00 0,00 -223,37 -223,60 0,10%

A good accuracy of results can be observed (significant values less than 1%).

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 186 / 242


Validation Manual

6.3.3 Eigen mode


frequency of the first
eigenmode
Reference ACOBRI
Dead loads 6.11 Hz 6.11 Hz

6.4 Validation of verifications


6.4.1 Serviceability limit states

6.4.1.1 Deflection of the rail track


The deflection of the rail track is verified in ACOBRI according to Annex A2 of EN 1990.
The speed of the trains is considered here equal to 200 km/h. The span length is 12 m. So
according to Figure A2.3 of EN 1990, L / = 1000.
bv = 1 m/s2 so the value of L / does not need to be changed.
The bridge is a two continuous spans bridge, so that the value of L / has to be multiplied by
0.7, so that L / = 700.
Actually, the limit for the deflection is:

flim = 12 / 700 = 17.14 mm

Limit of the deflection given by ACOBRI: 17.1 mm

6.4.1.2 Stress limits


According to EN 1994-2:2005 7.2.2, the following verifications have to be carried out:

- Concrete: characteristic combinations: c k1 fck where k1 = 0.6


- Reinforcement: characteristic combinations: r k3 fsk where k3 = 0.8
r is calculated according to EN1994-2:2005 7.4.3 (3):

r = r0 +

0.4 fctm
avec: =
st s

- Lower and upper flanges: characteristic combinations:

Ed fy / M,ser

The validation is made for the following sections of the first girder:

- Section 8: mid-span of the first span


- Section 15: intermediate support between spans 1 and 2.

The section properties, the forces and the moments are read from the calculation sheet of
ACOBRI. The stress limits are obtained from the following values:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 187 / 242


Validation Manual

Concrete: fck = 35 MPa and fctm = 3.21 MPa


Steel: fy = 345 MPa
Reinforcement: fsk = 500 MPa
Partial coefficient: Mser = 1.0

The reference calculations are carried out in an EXCEL sheet (ELS Contraintes Section 8
- 15.xls) and their results are compared hereunder with the ACOBRI results.

Section 8 Section 15
Reference ACOBRI Reference ACOBRI
Compression stress in the concrete
Design value c (MPa) 7.6 7.6 9.9 8.89
Combination of the maximum value 6 6 6 6
Stress limit k1 fck (MPa) 21 21 21 21
Tension stress in the reinforcement
Design value r (MPa) 67.3 67.3 245.7 247.74
Combination of the maximum value 3 3 6 6
Stress limit k3 fsk (MPa) 400 400 400 400
Normal stress in the upper flange
Design value t (MPa) 53.0 53.0 194.0 194.03
Combination of the maximum value 6 6 6 6
Stress limit fy / Mser (MPa) 345 345 345 345
Normal stress in the lower flange
Design value t (MPa) 114.6 114.6 160.1 160.09
Combination of the maximum value 6 6 6 6
Stress limit fy / Mser (MPa) 345 345 345 345

6.4.2 Ultimate limit states

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 188 / 242


Validation Manual

7 VALIDATION OF PARAMETERS
The aim of this chapter is to verify the value of the following parameters calculated by
ACOBRI before the general calculation of the bridge:

- The masses of the different parts of the bridge


- The moments of inertia considered in the calculations
- Other parameters

Test index 1 2 2s 3 4 5b 5p 6 7
Type of bridge
Road bridge X X X x
Footbridge X x x
Railways bridge x
Rules
French rules X x x
DIN X X x x
ENV X
Type of section
Normal section x x x x
Box girders x x
Prefabricated composite beams x
Box girders filled with concrete x
Filler beam deck x
Cantilevering x
Reinforced section x
Slab with concrete haunches x x
Slab with concrete planks x
Slab with steel sheeting x
Validation (number of values
verified)
Effective widths of concrete slabs 2 2 3
Modular ratio 6 6 8
Moments of flexural inertia 6 18 18 24 10 4 4
Moments of torsional inertia 6 28 24 10
Masses of steel beams 2 2 2 3 2
Volume and masses of concrete 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Masses of structures 6
Masses of equipments 2
Reactions 6 2 4
Light concrete modular ratio 2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 189 / 242


Validation Manual

7.1 Test n1 Normal beams


TEST N1
Road bridge French rules
Normal beams Two beams, single span
Main parameters of the bridge :
Length = 15 m
Slab: Width = 8 m; Depth = 25 cm; = 2500 kg/m3
Section of the beams: HEA800
A footway on each side of the slab. Footway width = 1 m.
Main parameters of the load :
Footway: Thickness = 200 mm = 2400 kg/m3
Waterproof layer: Thickness = 30 mm = 2600 kg/m3
Roadway surfacing: Thickness = 75 mm = 2350 kg/m3
Parapet: One on the left side, y = 1m and q = 250 kN/m
Gutter: One on the right side, y = 1.5 m and q = 100 kN/m
File: TEST_1.APM
Values to be verified :
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses. Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.

References values:

Moments of inertia:

Effective width of the slab = 3m on all the length of the structure

Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


(cm4) (cm4)
Construction phase 303400 (1) 596.9 (1)
Dead loads phase 783553 (2) 44000 (3)
Live loads phase 997581 (2) 130805 (4)

(1) : from ARCELOR catalogue


(2) : from EXCEL sheet
(3) : 596.7 + 300*253/6/18 = 43999.8
(4) : 596.7 + 300*253/6/6 = 130805

Masses:

Area of the section: 285.8 mm2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 190 / 242


Validation Manual

Total mass of steel: 7850x2x15x0.02858 = 6731 kg


Overlenght: 2 x 200 mm = 400 mm
Corrected mass of steel: 7850x2x(15+0.4)x0.02858 = 6910 kg
Volume of concrete: 15x8x0.25 = 30 m3
Mass of concrete: 2500x30 = 75000 kg
Mass of waterproof layer: (8-2x1)x15x0.03x2600 = 7020 kg
Footways: 2x1x15x0.2x2400 = 14400 kg
Roadway surfacing: (8-2)x15x0.075x2350 = 15862 kg
Parapet: 250x15 = 3750 kN
Gutter: 100x15 = 1500 kN

Reactions on abutments:

Self weight: (75000+6731) x 9.81 = 801.8 kN


Structures: (14400+7020+15862) x 9.81 = 365.7 kN
Equipments: 5250 kN

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 191 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

Moments of inertia:

Flexural inertia Torsional inertia


(cm4) (cm4)
RV 303400 596.9
Construction phase CS 303440 597
PP 303440 597
RV 783553 44000
Dead loads phase CS 783553 43999.7
PP 783553 44000
RV 997581 130805
Live loads phase CS 997581 130805.2
PP 997581 130805
All deviations are less than 1%.

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 6731 6730
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 6910 6911
Overlength (mm) 400 400
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 30 30
Mass of concrete (kg) 75000 75000
Waterproof layer mass (kg) 7020 7020 7020
Footways mass (kg) 14400 14400 14400
Roadway surfacing mass (kg) 15862 15863 15860
Parapet (kN) 3.75 3.75
Gutter (kN) 1.5 1.5

Reactions on abutments:

RV CS PP
Self weight (kN) 801.8 801.8 801.8
Structure (kN) 365.7 365.8 365.7
Equipment (kN) 5250 5250 5250

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 192 / 242


Validation Manual

7.2 Test n2 Box girders


7.2.1 DIN Rules

TEST N2
Road bridge DIN German rules
Box girders Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Lengths: span 1 = 15 m; span 2 = 12 m.
Slab: Width = 10 m; Depth = 25 cm; = 2350 kg/m3
Concrete haunch height = 10 cm
Concrete class : C35/45; Relative humidity RH = 80 %
Reinforcement ratio = 1.2% (67% top, 33% bottom)
Top
Stud diameter = 19 mm
Section of the beams: HEB900
A footway on each side of the slab. Footway width = 1.5 m.
Main parameters of the load :
Footway: Thickness = 220 mm = 2500 kg/m3
Waterproof layer: Thickness = 25 mm = 3200 kg/m3
Roadway surfacing: Thickness = 60 mm = 2600 kg/m3
File: TEST_2.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 193 / 242


Validation Manual

References values:

Effective widths of the slab:

For each span, the effective width of the concrete slab is given by the following
relation:

li = b0 + b1 / 4

For DIN rules and an end span: b1 = 0.85 x length of the span
b0 is the transverse spacing between two studs. Because the stud repartition is
not known at this point of the calculations, the following relation is used:

b0 = bf 2.5 ds

Where bf is the flange width and ds the stud diameter.

So: Span 1: l1 = 2 x 0.3 2.5 x 0.019 + 0.85 x 15 / 4 = 3.74 m


Span 2: l2 = 2 x 0.3 2.5 x 0.019 + 0.85 x 12 / 4 = 3.10 m

Modular ratio:

Characteristic value of compressive strength of concrete: fck = 35 MPa


Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 9500 (fck + 8)1/3
Ecm = 33282 MPa
Modular ratio for short term loading: n0 = Ea / Ecm = 6.31
Cross sectional area of concrete: Ac = 10x0.25 = 2.5 m2
Perimeter of slab in contact with atm.: u ~ 2x(10 + 0.25) = 20.5 m
Notional size: h0 = 2 Ac / u = 244 mm
Mean value of compressive strength: fcm =fck + 8 = 43 MPa
Coefficients for the influence of concrete strength:
1 = (35/fcm)0.7 = 0.866
2 = (35/fcm)0.2 = 0.960
Factor for the effect of relative humidity:
RH = a2 [1 + a1 (1 RH/100) / (0.10 3 h 0 )] = 1.295

Factor for the effect of concrete strength: (fcm ) = 16.8 / f cm = 2.56


Factor for the effect of concrete age: (t0) = 1 / (0.1 + t00.2)
Coefficient for the development of creep: c(t - t0) = 1 for t =
Creep coefficient: t = 0 c(t-t0)
Notional creep coefficient: 0 = RH (fcm) (t0)
Modular ratio: neq = n0 (1 + L t)

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 194 / 242


Validation Manual

So, with the recommended values of DIN, adopted for this test, the reference
values of the modular ratio are:

Recommended values Reference


values
L t0 (t0) 0 neq
Shrinkage and thermal 0.55 1 0.909 2.855 16.216
Dead loads 1.1 45 0.446 1.410 16.034
Live loads 0 / / / 6.31

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
Construction phase 988200 (1) 988200 (1)
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2496958 1478243
Dead loads phase 2506804 1478243
Live loads phase 3319113 1478243
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2337856 1403571
Dead loads phase 2347346 1403571
Live loads phase 3160589 1403571

(1) : from ARCELOR catalogue


(2) : all other values from alternative EXCEL sheet

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 195 / 242


Validation Manual

Torsional inertia:

The theoretical value for the steel box girder is given by the following expression:

4 2
ITs =
ds
e
With:

= bf x (ht tf ) = 2595 cm2


ds
e
= 2 (bf/tf + (ht tf)/tw) = 110.7

So:

ITs = 243421 cm4

For the composite section, the theoretical expression of the torsionnal inertia is
given by:

IT = ITs + LSlab ESlab / (6 neq)

With:

LSlab: Effective width of the concrete slab


ESlab: Effective thickness of the slab
neq: Modular ratio

So that for the parameters of test 2, the reference values are:

In the
Outside the cracked zone cracked
zone
Loads neq L = 3.74 m L = 3.10 m /
Construction phase / 243421 243421 243421
Shrinkage and thermal 16.21 303483 293205 243421
Dead loads phase 16.03 304164 293770 243421
Live loads phase 6.31 397773 371360 243421

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 196 / 242


Validation Manual

Masses:

Area of the section: HEB900: 371.3 mm2


Length of the bridge: 27 m
Total mass of steel: 7850x4x27x0.03713 = 31479 kg
Overlenght: 2 x 200 mm = 400 mm
Corrected mass of steel: 7850x4x(27+0.4)x0.037130 = 31945 kg
Volume of concrete slab: 27x10x0.25 = 67.5 m3
Volume of concrete haunch:27x2x0.1x0.6 = 3.24 m3
Total volume of concrete: 67.5 + 3.24 = 70.74 m3
Mass of concrete: 2350x70.74 = 166239 kg

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 197 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

Effective widths of the slab:

RV CS
Span 1 3.74 3.74
Span 2 3.10 3.10

Modular ratio:

RV CS PP
Shrinkage and thermal 16.216 16.22 16.22
Dead loads 16.034 16.03 16.03
Live loads 6.31 6.31 6.31

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 988200 988125 988125 /
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2496958 2496959 2496959
Dead loads phase 2506804 25006691 25006691 1478243 1477510 1477510
Live loads phase 3319113 3319157 3319157
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2337856 2338527 2338527
Dead loads phase 2347346 2347910 2347910 1403571 1403246 1403246
Live loads phase 3160589 3161326 3161326

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 198 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


Outside the cracked zone In the cracked zone
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 243421 243421 243421 243421 243421 243421
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 303483 303483 303483 243421 243421 243421
Dead loads phase 304164 303164 303164 243421 243421 243421
Live loads phase 397773 397781 397781 243421 243421 243421
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 293205 293245 293245 243421 243421 243421
Dead loads phase 293770 293809 293810 243421 243421 243421
Live loads phase 371360 371469 371470 243421 243421 243421

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 31479 31480
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 31945 31943
Overlength (mm) 400 400
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 70.74 70.7
Mass of concrete (kg) 166239 166240

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 199 / 242


Validation Manual

7.2.2 EN Rules

TEST N2EN
Road bridge Eurocode EN
Box girders Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same bridge as Test 2 but EN rules
File: TEST_2EN.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses.

Effective widths of the slab:

RV CS
Span 1 3.74 3.74
Span 2 3.10 3.10

Modular ratio:

RV CS PP
Shrinkage and thermal 16.216 16.22 16.22
Dead loads 16.034 16.03 16.03
Live loads 6.31 6.31 6.31

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 988200 988125 988125 /
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2496958 2496959 2496959
Dead loads phase 2506804 25006691 25006691 1478243 1477510 1477510
Live loads phase 3319113 3319157 3319157
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2337856 2338527 2338527
Dead loads phase 2347346 2347910 2347910 1403571 1403246 1403246
Live loads phase 3160589 3161326 3161326

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 200 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


Outside the cracked zone In the cracked zone
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 243421 243421 243421 243421 243421 243421
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 303483 303483 303483 243421 243421 243421
Dead loads phase 304164 303164 303164 243421 243421 243421
Live loads phase 397773 397781 397781 243421 243421 243421
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 293205 293245 293245 243421 243421 243421
Dead loads phase 293770 293809 293810 243421 243421 243421
Live loads phase 371360 371469 371470 243421 243421 243421

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 31479 31480
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 31945 31943
Overlength (mm) 400 400
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 70.74 70.7
Mass of concrete (kg) 166239 166240

7.2.3 Symmetrical configuration of the DIN bridge

TEST N2S
Road bridge DIN German rules
Box girders Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
All parameters are the same as for test 2, but:
Lengths: span 1 = 12 m; span 2 = 15 m.
File: TEST_2s.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 201 / 242


Validation Manual

References values:

Reference values are the same than the ones calculated for test 2

ACOBRI values:

Effective widths of the slab:

RV CS
Span 1 3.1025 3.10
Span 2 3.74 3.74

Modular ratio:

RV CS PP
Shrinkage and thermal 16.216 16.22 16.22
Dead loads 16.034 16.03 16.03
Live loads 6.31 6.31 6.31

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 988200 988125 988125 / / /
Span 1 Effective width of slab = 3.10 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2337856 2338527 2338527
Dead loads phase 2347346 2347910 2347910 1403571 1403246 1403246
Live loads phase 3160589 3161326 3161326
Span 2 Effective width of slab = 3.74 m
Shrinkage and thermal 2496958 2496959 2496959
Dead loads phase 2506804 25006691 25006691 1478243 1477510 1477510
Live loads phase 3319113 3319157 3319157

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of steel (kg) 31479 31480
Corrected mass of steel (kg) 31945 31943
Overlength (mm) 400 400
3
Volume of concrete (m ) 70.74 70.7
Mass of concrete (kg) 166239 166240

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 202 / 242


Validation Manual

7.3 Test n3 Prefabricated composite girders


7.3.1 Eurocode ENV Rule

TEST N3
Footbridge Eurocodes ENV rules
Prefabricated composite girders Two beams, three spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Lengths: span 1 = 15 m; span 2 = 18 m: span 3 = 15 m.
Slab: Width = 6 m; Depth = 20 cm; = 2400 kg/m3
Prefabricated slab depth = 10 cm
Concrete class : C25/35; Relative humidity RH = 65 %
Reinforcement ratio = 1.% (67% top, 33% bottom)
Top
Stud diameter = 19 mm
Section of the beams: IPE600
File: TEST_3.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses. Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.

References values:

Effective widths of the slab:

For each span, the effective width of the span is given by the following relation:

li = b0 + b1 / 4

For ENV rules:

- b1 = 0.8 x length of an end span


- b1 = 0.7 x length of an intermediate span

b0 is the transverse spacing between two studs. Because the stud repartition is
not known at this point of the calculations, the following relation is used:

b0 = bf 2.5 ds

Where bf is the flange width and ds the stud diameter.

So: Spans 1 and 3: l1 = 0.22 2.5 x 0.019 + 0.8 x 15 / 4 = 3.17 m


Span 2: l2 = 0.22 2.5 x 0.019 + 0.7 x 18 / 4 = 3.32 m

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 203 / 242


Validation Manual

But with consideration of the available width of the slab, the effective widths
should be:

Spans 1 and 3: l1 = 3.17/2 + 1.0 = 2.59 m


Span 2: l2 = 3.32/2 + 1.0 = 2.66 m

Modular ratio:

Characteristic value of compressive strength of concrete: fck = 25 MPa


Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 9500 (fck + 8)1/3
Ecm = 30472 MPa
Modular ratio for short term loading: n0 = Ea / Ecm = 6.89
Cross sectional area of concrete: Ac = 6x0.2 = 1.2 m2
Perimeter of slab in contact with atm.: u ~ 2x(6 + 0.2) = 12.45 m
Notional size: h0 = 2 Ac / u = 193.6mm
Mean value of compressive strength: fcm =fck + 8 = 33 MPa
Coefficients for the influence of concrete strength:
1 = 1
2 = 1
Factor for the effect of relative humidity:
RH = 2 [1 + 1 (1 RH/100) / (0.10 3 h 0 )] = 1.605

Factor for the effect of concrete strength: (fcm ) = 16.8 / f cm = 2.92


Factor for the effect of concrete age: (t0) = 1 / (0.1 + t00.2)
Coefficient for the development of creep: c(t - t0) = 1 for t =
Creep coefficient: t = 0 c(t-t0)
Notional creep coefficient: 0 = RH (fcm) (t0)
Modular ratio: neq = n0 (1 + L t)

So, with the recommended values of ENV, adopted for this test, the reference
values of the modular ratio are:

Adopted values Reference


values
L t0 (t0) 0 neq
Shrinkage and thermal 0.54 1 0.909 4.27 22.77
Dead loads 1.15 45 0.446 2.09 23.49
Live loads 0 / / / 6.89

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 204 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural Flexural
inertia inertia
M+ M-
neq (cm4) (cm4)
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 2.59 m
Construction phase 23.49 172133 109891
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 247723 162458
Dead loads phase 23.49 245609 162458
Live loads phase 6.89 323834 162458
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 173397 110324
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 249530 163888
Dead loads phase 23.49 247420 163888
Live loads phase 6.89 325450 163888

Note: all values from EXCEL sheet

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional Flexural
inertia inertia
M+ M-
neq (cm4) (1) (cm4) (2)
Span 1: Effective width of slab = 2.59 m
Construction phase 23.49 2003 165.4
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 14867 165.4
Dead loads phase 23.49 15332 165.4
Live loads phase 6.89 50286 165.4
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 2053 165.4
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 15264 165.4
Dead loads phase 23.49 15741 165.4
Live loads phase 6.89 51641 165.4

Note: (1): values from EXCEL sheet


(2): from ARCELOR catalogue

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 205 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

Effective widths of the slab:

RV CS
Spans 1 and 3 2.59 2.59
Span 2 2.66 2.66

Modular ratio:

RV CS PP
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 22.77 22.77
Dead loads 23.49 23.49 23.49
Live loads 6.89 6.89 6.89
Construction phase 23.49 23.49 23.49

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 206 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV CS PP RV CS PP
Spans 1 and 3: Effective width of slab = 2.58 m
Construction phase 23.49 172133 172062 172062 109891 109868 109868
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 247723 247617 247617
Dead loads phase 23.49 245609 245507 245507 162458 162381 162381
Live loads phase 6.89 323834 323732 323732
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 173397 173413 173417 110324 110332 110332
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 249530 249554 249554
Dead loads phase 23.49 247420 247448 247448 163888 163913 163913
Live loads phase 6.89 325450 325464 325464

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV CS PP RV CS PP
Spans 1 and 3: Effective width of slab = 2.58 m
Construction phase 23.49 2003 2000 2000 165.4 165.4 165
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 15332 15308 15308
Dead loads phase 23.49 14867 14845 14845 165.4 165.4 165
Live loads phase 6.89 50286 50202 50202
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 2053 2053 2054 165.4 165.4 165
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 15741 15747 15747
Dead loads phase 23.49 15264 15270 15270 165.4 165.4 165
Live loads phase 6.89 51641 51653 51653

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 207 / 242


Validation Manual

7.3.2 Eurocode EN Rule

TEST N3EN
Footbridge Eurocodes EN rules
Prefabricated composite girders Two beams, three spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same bridge as Test 3 but under EN rules
File: TEST_3EN.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses. Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.
References values:

All references values as for Test 3 except:

Effective widths of the slab:

For each span, the effective width of the span is given by the following relation:

li = b0 + b1 / 4

For EN rules: b1 = 0.85 x length of an end span (and not 0.8 as with ENV)

So for spans 1 and 3: l1 = 0.22 2.5 x 0.019 + 0.85 x 15 / 4 = 3.36 m

But with consideration of the available width of the slab, the effective widths
should be: l1 = 3.36/2 + 1.0 = 2.68 m

ACOBRI values:

Effective widths of the slab:

RV ACOBRI
Spans 1 and 3 2.68 2.68
Span 2 2.66 2.66

Modular ratio:

RV ACOBRI
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 22.77
Dead loads 23.49 23.49
Live loads 6.89 6.89
Construction phase 23.49 23.49

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 208 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 173397 173417 110324 110332
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 249530 249554
Dead loads phase 23.49 247420 247448 163888 163913
Live loads phase 6.89 325450 325464

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Span 2: Effective width of slab = 2.66 m
Construction phase 23.49 2053 2054 165.4 165
Shrinkage and thermal 22.77 15741 15747
Dead loads phase 23.49 15264 15270 165.4 165
Live loads phase 6.89 51641 51653

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 209 / 242


Validation Manual

7.4 Test n4 Box girders


TEST N4
Railway bridge French rules
Box girders filled with concrete Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Lengths: span 1 = 16 m; span 2 = 16 m.
Slab: Width = 6 m; Depth = 30 cm; = 2350 kg/m3
Spacing between the flanges = 10 cm
Reinforcement of the lower flanges on the intermediate pier.
Dimensions of the reinforcement plate: L = 2x2.4= 4.8 m; w = 250 mm; t = 30 mm
Concrete class : C35/45;
Reinforcement ratio = 1.% (67% top, 33% bottom)

Stud diameter = 19 mm
Section of the beams: HEB800
One railway line.
Ballast dimensions: mean height = 400 mm; width = 4 m
= 2000 kg/m3
File: TEST_4.APM
Values to be verified :
Effective widths of the slab. Modular ratio.
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masses. Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.

References values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


out support in support zone
zone (M+) (M-)
(cm4) (cm4)
Construction phase 718200 (1) 929260
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Dead loads phase 1620883 1253823 (3)
Live loads phase 2229257 1253823 (3)

(1) : from ARCELOR catalogue


(2) : all other values from EXCEL sheet
(3) : calculated with an equivalent modular ratio = 100, according to french rules.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 210 / 242


Validation Manual

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


out support zone in support zone (M-
(M+) )
(cm4) (cm4)
Construction phase 1892 (1) 2342 (2)
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Dead loads phase 76892 15842 (3)
Live loads phase 226892 15842 (3)

(1) : from ARCELOR catalogue


(2) : In support zone: It = 2 (946.0 + br x tr3 / 3) = 2342cm4
(3) : calculated with an equivalent modular ratio = 100, according to french rules.

Masses:

Area of the section: HEB800: 334.2 mm2


Length of the bridge: 32 m
Total mass of beams: 7850x4x32x0.03342 = 33580 kg
Total mass of plates: 7850x4x4.8x0.25x0.03 = 1130 kg
Overlenght: 2 x 200 mm = 400 mm
Corrected mass of beams: 7850x4x(32+0.4)x0.03342 = 34000 kg

Volume of concrete slab: 32x6x0.3 = 57.6 m3


Mass of concrete: 2350x57.6 = 135360 kg

Inner height of beams: 800-2x33 = 734 mm


Spacing between webs: 300+100-17.5=382.5 mm
Concrete in box girders:
Section: 0.3825x0.734 = 0.281 m2
Volume: 0.281x2x32 = 17.97 m3
Masse : 17.97x2350 = 42225 kg
Total masse of concrete: 135360 + 42225 = 177585 kg

Volume of ballast: 32x4x0.4 = 51.2 m3


Masse of ballast: 2000 x 51.2 = 102400 kg

Reactions on piers and abutments:

Total mass (concrete+steel) : 177585 + 33580 + 1130 = 212290 kg


Self weight sum of reactions: 212290 x 9.81 = 2082.6 kN

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 211 / 242


Validation Manual

ACOBRI values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


out support zone (M+) in support zone(M-)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 718200 718162 718162 929260 929260 929260
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Dead loads phase 1620883 1620883 1620883
1253823 1253823 1253823
Live loads phase 2229257 2229257 2229257

Moments of torsional inertia:

Torsional inertia Torsional inertia


out support zone (M+) in support zone(M-)
(cm4) (cm4)
RV CS PP RV CS PP
Construction phase 1892 1892 1892 2342 2342 2342
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Dead loads phase 76892 76892 76892
15842 15842 15842
Live loads phase 226892 226892 226892

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of beams (kg) 33580
Corrected mass of beams (kg) 34000 33998
Overlength (mm) 400 400
Actual mass of plates (kg) 1130 1130
Total mass of steel (kg) 34710 34710
Volume of concrete slab (m3) 57.6 57.6
Mass of concrete slab (kg) 135360
Total mass of concrete (kg) 177385 177970
(0.3%)
Mass of ballast (kg) 102400 102400

Reactions on piers and abutments:

RV CS PP
Self weight (kN) 2082.6 2086.3 2086.32

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 212 / 242


Validation Manual

7.5 Test n5 Steel sheeting and non composite pla nks


7.5.1 Slab with steel sheeting, under DIN rules

TEST N5b
Footbridge DIN rules
Normal beams Slab with steel sheeting Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Lengths: span 1 = 15 m; span 2 = 15 m.
Slab: Width = 6 m; Depth = 20 cm; = 2450 kg/m3
Concrete class : C35/45; Relative Humidity 80 %
Reinforcement ratio = 1.% (67% top, 33% bottom)
Steel Sheeting COFRAPLUS 60. See dimensions on Figure 84.
Top
Stud diameter = 19 mm
Section of the beams: IPE600
File: TEST_5B.APM
Values to be verified :
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masse and volume of concrete slab.

Figure 84 : Steel sheeting dimensions

References values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural Flexural
inertia inertia
M+ M-
neq (cm4) (cm4)
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 157090

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 213 / 242


Validation Manual

Masses:

Length of the bridge: 30 m

Volume of concrete slab: 30x6x(0.2 - 0.058) = 25.56 m3 (without the ribs)


Section of one rib: 0.058 x (0.101 + 0.062) / 2 = 0.004727 m2
Volume of one rib: 0.004727 x 6 = 0.02836 m3
Number of ribs: nr = 30 / 0.207 = 144
Total volume of the ribs: 144 x 0.02836 = 4.08 m3
Total volume of concrete: 25.56 + 4.08 = 29.64 m3 (considering the ribs)
Mass of concrete: 2450x29.64 = 72618 kg

ACOBRI values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV CS PP RV CS PP
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 336626 336626 157090 157032 157032

Masses:

RV CS PP
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 29.64 29.7
Total mass of concrete (kg) 72618 72690

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 214 / 242


Validation Manual

7.5.2 Slab with steel sheeting, under EN rules

TEST N5b EN
Footbridge Eurocode EN rules
Normal beams Slab with steel sheeting Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same as test 5b but under Eurocode EN rules
File: TEST_5BEN.APM
Values to be verified :
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masse and volume of concrete slab.

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 336626 157090 157032

Masses:

RV ACOBRI
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 29.64 29.7
Total mass of concrete (kg) 72618 72690

7.5.3 Slab with non composite concrete planks under DIN rules

TEST N5p
Footbridge DIN rules
Normal beams Non composite planks Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same parameters as Test n5b but:
No Steel Sheeting
Non composite Concrete planks of thickness = 58 mm
File: TEST_5P.APM
Values to be verified :
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masse and volume of concrete slab.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 215 / 242


Validation Manual

References values:

Moments of flexural inertia: the same as in test 5b

Flexural Flexural
inertia inertia
M+ M-
neq (cm4) (cm4)
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 157090

Masses:

Length of the bridge: 30 m

Volume of concrete slab: 30x6x0.2 = 36 m3 (without the ribs)


Mass of concrete: 2450x36 = 88200 kg

ACOBRI values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV CS PP RV CS PP
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 336626 336626 157090 157032 157032

Masses:

RV CS PP
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 36 36
Total mass of concrete (kg) 88200 88200

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 216 / 242


Validation Manual

7.5.4 Slab with non composite concrete planks under EN rules

TEST N5p EN
Footbridge Eurocode EN rules
Normal beams Non composite planks Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same parameters as Test n5p but under Eurocode EN rules
File: TEST_5PEN.APM
Values to be verified :
Moments of inertia during the several phases.
Masse and volume of concrete slab.

Moments of flexural inertia:

Flexural inertia Flexural inertia


M+ M-
(cm4) (cm4)
neq RV ACOBRI RV ACOBRI
Spans 1 and 2: Effective width of slab = 3.00 m
Live loads phase 6.31 336623 336626 157090 157032

Masses:

RV ACOBRI
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 36.0 36.0
Total mass of concrete (kg) 88200 88200

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 217 / 242


Validation Manual

7.6 Test n6 Filler beam deck


7.6.1 Under DIN rules

TEST N6
Road bridge DIN rules
Filler beam deck Twelve beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Lengths: span 1 = 15 m; span 2 = 15 m.
Slab: Width = 10 m; Depth of concrete over the beams = 10 cm; = 2475 kg/m3
One cantilevering on the left. Width 1.5 m, average depth: 0.35 m.
Formwork depth = 0.065 m
Concrete class : C35/45; Relative Humidity 80 %
Reinforcement ratio = 1.%
Section of the beams: HEA800. 12 beams.
File: TEST_6.APM
Values to be verified :
Masse and volume of concrete slab.
Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.

References values:

Moments of flexural inertia:

Effective width of slab: 727 mm


Total height of slab: 797 mm (without formwork)

Masses:

Length of the bridge: 30 m

Steel beams:

HEA800 Section: 285.8 cm2


Part encased: 285.8 bf tf = 201.8 cm2
Total mass of beams: 0.02858x12x30x7850 = 80767 kg
Overlength: 2x200 mm
Corrected mass: 81844 kg

Formwork:

Spacing between beams: 0.727 m


Formwork width: 0.727 0.015 2 x 0.030 = 0.652 m
Formwork section: 0.652 x 0.065 = 0.04238 m2
Total volume: 11 x 0.04238 x 30 = 13.98 m3
Total masse: 13.98 x 2450 = 34264 kg

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 218 / 242


Validation Manual

Concrete:

Total height: 0.1+0.79-0.028 = 0.862 m


Gross section: (10-1.5) x 0.862 + 1.5 x 0.35 = 7.852 m2
Net section: 7.852 12 x 0.02018 11 x 0.04238 = 7.144 m2
Total volume: 7.144 x 30 = 214.3 m3
Total mass: 214.3 x 2475 = 530417 kg

Reactions on piers and abutments:

Total mass (concrete+steel): 80767 + 34264 + 530417 = 645448 kg


Total mass of cantilevering: 1.5 x 0.35 x 30 x 2475 = 38981 kg
Sum of reaction per load cases:
Self weight: (645448-38981) x 9.81 = 5949.4 kN
Cantilevering weight: 38981 x 9.81 = 382.4 kN

ACOBRI values:

Masses:

RV CS PP
Actual mass of beams (kg) 80767 80770
Corrected mass of beams (kg) 81844 81851
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 214.3 214.3
Total mass of formwork (kg) 34264 34280
Total mass of concrete (kg) 530417 530400

Sum of the reactions on piers and abutments:

RV CS PP
Self weight (kN) 5949.4 5949.5 5949.5
Cantilevering (kN) 382.4 382.4 382.4

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 219 / 242


Validation Manual

7.6.2 Under EN rules

TEST N6 EN
Road bridge Eurocode EN rules
Filler beam deck Twelve beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same as Test 6 but under Eurocode EN
File: TEST_6EN.APM
Values to be verified :
Masse and volume of concrete slab.
Reactions on the abutments under dead loads.

Masses:

RV CS
Actual mass of beams (kg) 80767 80770
Corrected mass of beams (kg) 81844 81851
3
Volume of concrete slab (m ) 214.3 214.3
Total mass of formwork (kg) 34264 34280
Total mass of concrete (kg) 530417 530400

Sum of the reactions on piers and abutments:

RV ACOBRI
Self weight (kN) 5949.4 5949.5
Cantilevering (kN) 382.4 382.4

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 220 / 242


Validation Manual

7.7 Test n7
TEST N7
Road bridge French rules
Normal beams Two beams, single span
Main parameters of the bridge :
Same bridge as Test n1 but:
Slab: Light concrete; = 2200 kg/m3
File: TEST_7.APM
Values to be verified :
Modular ratios.

References values:

Under French rules, the modular ratios for light concrete are given by the following
expressions:
3/2
2500
Live loads: m = 6
= Ea / Eb
b
Dead loads: m = 2 Ea / Eb
With:
p: Mass per unit of volume of concrete b = 2200 kg/m3

So:
Eb = 37173 MPa
3/2
2500
Live loads: m = 6
= 7.27
b
Dead loads: m = 2 Ea / Eb = 14.54

ACOBRI values:

RV CS PP
Modular ratio for dead loads 14.54 14.54 14.54
Modular ratio for live loads 7.27 7.27 7.27

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 221 / 242


Validation Manual

8 VALIDATION OF SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS

8.1 Concrete crossgirders


The objective of this chapter is to validate the specific verifications carried out in ACOBRI for
concrete crossgirders on intermediate piers.
The bridge considered for these validations is the reference road bridge, as defined in
chapter 3.1, for which concrete crossgirders are specified at each intermediate piers. The
crossgirders are supposed to be poured at the same moment as the slab: there is no
continuity of the beams for weight load case, the continuity being obtained for all other load
cases.
All other parameters being the same, the effects of load cases but weight are identical for
this bridge and for the reference road bridge. Under weight load case, the bending moments
are equal to zero in sections at intermediate piers, the continuity being not yet realized.

ROAD BRIDGE WITH TRIMMERS


Road bridge DIN rules
Main parameters of the bridge :
The same bridge as the reference road bridge (see chapter 3.1).
Concrete crossgirders at intermediate piers. The concrete of the crossgirders is poured at
the same time as the concrete of the slab.
File: ROAD_DIN_1_CH.APM
Values to be verified :
Specific verifications at section of crossgirders

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 222 / 242


Validation Manual

8.1.1 ULS Verifications


The resistance under negative moment of a section at intermediate piers (so at crossgirders)
is calculated with this principle: the resistant bending moment is equal to the elastic bending
resistance of a section made up of the following parts:

- the lower flange (acting in compression)


- the reinforcement (acting in tension)

Elastic neutral
axis

Figure 85 : Negative resistant bending moment at intermediate piers with crossgirders

References values:

Moments at intermediates piers for the reference road bridge (kNm):

Reference road bridge


File of girder 1 File of girder 2 File of girder 3
Piers Pier 1 Pier 2 Pier 1 Pier 2 Pier 1 Pier 2
Maximal negative moment
4207 4206 3832 3835 4222 4222
under ULS combinations
Negative moment under
924.9 924.9 930.3 930.3 804.3 804.3
weight load case

The theoretical maximal negative moment Mt under ULS combinations for the bridge
with trimmers can then be calculated with the following relation:

Mt = MULS 1.35 MW

With:

MULS: Maximal negative moment under ULS combinations for reference road
bridge
MW : Negative moment under weight load case for reference road bridge

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 223 / 242


Validation Manual

Road bridge with crossgirders


Girder n1 Girder n2 Girder n3
Piers Pier 1 and Pier 2 Pier 1 and Pier 2 Pier 1 and Pier 2
Maximal negative moment
under ULS combinations 2958 2576 3136
MEd (kNm)

The theoretical resistant moment of the sections at intermediate piers, calculated with
the principles explained before (see Figure 85) are given in the following table:

Road bridge with crossgirders


Girder n1 Girder n2 Girder n3
Pier 1 and Pier 1 and Pier 1 and
Pier 2 Pier 2 Pier 2
Effective width of the slab (mm) 2558 2558 2529
Location of elastic neutral axis about
461.7 389.4 459.0
bottom (mm)
Second moment of area (cm4) 360646 311053 358456
Elastic modulus of inertia of
6460 5754 6390
reinforcement W rein (cm3)
Elastic modulus of inertia of the flange
7812 7991 7809
Wf (cm3)
Resistant moment MRd (kNm) 2808 2502 2778
Ratio MEd / MRd 1.053 1.030 1.129

The resistant moment MRd is the minimum of the two values:

- Wrein fyrein / v
- Wf fy / M0

ACOBRI values:

Girder n1 Girder n2 Girder n3

RV Pier 1 Pier 2 RV Pier 1 Pier 2 RV Pier 1 Pier 2

MEd 2958 2963 2957 2576 2576 2579 3136 3136 3136

MRd 2808 2808 2807 2502 2528 2528 2778 2777 2777

Ratio 1.053 1.06 1.05 1.030 1.02 1.02 1.129 1.13 1.13

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 224 / 242


Validation Manual

8.1.2 SLS Verifications


The stresses in the section at crossgirder are calculated for a negative moment by
considering that only the bottom flange and the reinforcement are acting as a composite
section. The web and the upper flange are supposed no to work. So that the elastic modulus
of inertia to be used are those calculated in the previous chapter.
The theoretical stresses are calculated by replacing the new modulus in the calculations
carried out for the reference road bridge and by considering that bending moments at piers
under weight load case are equal to zero.
The theoretical and the results obtained with ACOBRI are summarized in the following table:

Girder n1 Girder n2 Girder n3

RV Pier 1 Pier 2 RV Pier 1 Pier 2 RV Pier 1 Pier 2

Wrein 6460 6458 6458 5817 5816 5816 6390 6389 6389

Wbot 7812 7812 7812 7991 7990 7990 7809 7809 7809

rein 311.9 312.3 312.2 301.8 295.1 295.1 317.9 318.2 318.2

rein 0.780 0.78 0.78 0.753 0.74 0.74 0.795 0.80 0.80

top 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

bot 284.3 284.9 284.5 247.0 241.4 241.6 295.3 295.6 295.5

bot 0.646 0.65 0.65 0.561 0.55 0.55 0.671 0.67 0.67

With:

Wrein: elastic modulus of inertia of the reinforcement (in cm3)


Wbot: elastic modulus of inertia of the lower flange (in cm3)
rein: stress in reinforcement under non frequent SLS combinations (MPa)
rein: Ratio = rein / (0.8 fsk)
top: stress in the upper flange under characteristic SLS combinations (MPa)
bot: stress in the lower flange under characteristic SLS combinations (MPa)
bot: Ratio = bot / (fy / gM,ser)

The most important deviation observed is 2.2 % for the stress in reinforcement of the girder
n2.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 225 / 242


Validation Manual

8.2 Web buckling (ULS)


TEST NV1
Road bridge DIN rules
Normal beams Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Steel section HE1000A.
Steel grade: S460
File: TEST_ROAD_V1.APM
Criteria to be controlled:
Web buckling and interaction

The buckling of the web is verified according to DIN103 5.2.


The dimensions of the sections are:
- Height: ht = 990 mm
- Flange width: bf = 300 mm
- Flange thickness: tf = 31 mm
- Web thickness: tw = 16.5 mm
- Radius: rc = 30 mm
The height of the web is then: bw = ht 2 tf = 928 mm
Yield strength to be considered: fy = 440 MPa, then = 0,731
bw / tw = 56.2 > 72 = 52,6: the web buckling should be verified.

The section controlled is the left section on the intermediate pier. The shear forces calculated
by ACOBRI for this section are:
Load case V (kN) M (kNm)
Weight (W) 408.54 -1766.5
Superstructure (SS) 153.40 -589.2
Superstructure + (SSP) 171.65 -660.0
Thermal loads under + T (THP) -21.38 132.2
Thermal loads under - T (THM) 21.38 -132.2
Shrinkage (SH) 40.75 -855.6
Live loads UDL (UDL) 276.37 -980.9 (*)
Live loads TS (TS) 410.19 -375.7 (*)
Live footways (FW) 61.61 -221.7 (*)
Live loads UDL (UDL) 276.37 (*) -980.9
Live loads TS (TS) 294.1 (*) -701.7
Live footways (FW) 61.6 (*) -221.7
(*): concomitant values

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 226 / 242


Validation Manual

According to these values, the most unfavourable ULS combination to be considered is:

1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 SH + 1.50 UDL + 1.50 TS + 0.75 FW

For this combination, the forces and moments to be considered are:

Maximum shear force Maximum moment


Concomitant moment Concomitant shear force
Shear force VSd (kN) 1914.3 1672.0
Bending Moment MSd (kNm) -6632 -7121

The shear resistant force for buckling effects is given by:

VcRd = v bw tw fy / ( 3 M1)

The reduction factor is calculated from the relative slenderness of the web:

E = 2 E tw2 / [12 (1 - 2) bw2] = 60.0 MPa


k = 5.34
cr = kt E = 320.4 MPa
w = 0,76 f y / cr = 0.891

So v = 0.83 / w = 0.932
And VcRd = 3295 kN
And:
Maximum shear force Maximum moment
Concomitant moment Concomitant shear force
3 = VSd / VcRd 0.58 0.51

The maximal value of 3 is then 3 = 0.58

Value given by ACOBRI: VSd / VcRd = 0.58

Because 3 > 0.5, the interaction criteria for the web buckling should be verified too. The
following relation should be used:

1 + [1 - MfRd / Mpl.Rd](2 3 - 1)2 < 1

Calculation of negative resistant moments:

MfRd = 4713 kNm


MplRd = 7710 kNm, all the web being considered
MplRd = 6720 kNm, for a Class 3 web and Class 1 flanges, only 20 tw in the
compressive part of the web being considered.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 227 / 242


Validation Manual

The interaction criteria can then be calculated:

Maximum shear force Maximum moment


Concomitant moment Concomitant shear force
1 = MSd / MplRd 0.986 1.059
1 + [1 - MfRd / Mpl.Rd](2 3 - 1)2 0.995 1.059

The maximal value of the interaction criterion is then:


1 + [1 - MfRd / Mpl.Rd](2 3 - 1)2 = 1.059

The value given by ACOBRI for this criterion is equal to: 1.06

8.3 Class 3 Sections (ULS)


TEST NV2
Road bridge DIN rules
Normal beams Four beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Steel section HE700AA.
Steel grade: imposed yielding strength fy = 460 MPa.
File: TEST ROAD V2.APM
Criteria to be controlled:
Bending resistance for Class 3 Sections.

The ULS criterion of resistance of a section under negative moment is controlled here after
for the section on the intermediate pier. The moments to be considered are (calculated by
ACOBRI):

Load Case Symbol Bending Normal force


moment in the slab
(kNm) (kN)
Weight W -202.0
Superstructure + SSP -129.3
Superstructure SS -121.3
Equipment E 0
Thermal loads +T total bending THP 37.5 410.9
Thermal loads +T hyperstatic effect 125.8
Thermal loads -T total bending THM -37.5 -410.9

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 228 / 242


Validation Manual

Thermal loads +T hyperstatic effect -125.8


Shrinkage SH -243.6 0
Shrinkage hyperstatic effect -243.6
Live load UDL maximal effect UDL -147.1
Live load TS maximal effect TS -170.4
Footways maximal effect FT -71.2

The ULS combinations to be considered are:

Index Combination
ULS-1 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW
ULS-2 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW
ULS-3 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKP + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-4 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKP + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-5 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKM + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-6 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKM + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW
ULS-7 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-8 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 UDL + 1.5 TS + 0.75 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-9 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKP + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-10 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKP + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-11 1.35 W + 1.35 SSP + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKM + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH
ULS-12 1.35 W + 1.35 SS + 1.35 EQ + 1.5 TKM + 0.6 UDL + 1.125 TS + 0.3 FW + 1.35 SH

The class of the section under negative moment is:

= 235 / 460 = 0.715

Class of the flange in compression (lower flange), from Table II-5.3.1 of DIN 103:

bf = 300 mm then c = 150 mm


tf = 17 mm then c / tf = 8,82
Then 11 = 7.865 < c / tf < 15 = 10.7
Then the flange is class 3

Class of the web, from Table II-5.3.1 of DIN 103:

Location of plastic neutral axis under negative moment: zANP = 461.8 mm


Height of the section: ht = 670 mm
Thickness of the flange: tf = 17 mm
Radius: rc = 27 mm
Thickness of the web: tw = 13 mm
The plastic neutral axis is located in the web. The coefficient is then:

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 229 / 242


Validation Manual

20
Plastic neutral axis

670 13
d
d zANP = 461.8
17

300

Figure 86 : Dimensions of the section Location of plastic neutral axis

d = ht 2 (tf + rc) = 582 mm


= (zANP tf rc) / d = 0.718
d / tw = 44.76
456 / (13 1) = 39.07 > d / tw
The web is then not a class 2 web. The Class of the web is then 3 or 4 and has to
be assessed from the elastic distribution of stresses:
Location of the elastic neutral axis under negative moment: zANE = 405 mm.

Elastic neutral axis

d
zANE = 405

+fy

Figure 87 : Location of elastic neutral axis


When the lower flange is under compression at the yielding stress, the tension
stress t at the top of the flat part of the web is:
t = -fy (ht tf rc zANE) / zANE = -0.546 fy
Then = -0.546
42 / (0.67 + 0.33 ) = 61.3 > d / tw = 44.76. Then Class 3 Web.

Then the section is a class 3 section.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 230 / 242


Validation Manual

The verification of the bending resistance is then carried out by verifying the following
relations:

t fy / M0 and b fy / M0

With:

t, b: stresses in the upper and lower flange of the section


fy: yielding stress fy = 460 MPa
M0: partial factor: M0 = 1.0

The stresses are calculated from the moments given before and from the elastic modulus of
the section, given in the following table (calculated by ACOBRI):

State of the slab Construction Cracked


phase concrete
Elastic modulus upper flange (cm3) -4260 -7742
3
Elastic modulus lower flange (cm ) 4260 5056

The stresses obtained are (see chapter 2.2 for sign convention):

Stress (MPa) Ratio


/ (fy M0)
Upper flange -197.5 0.43
Lower flange 268.3 0.58

The verification of this section with ACOBRI gives Class 3 and the following stresses:

Stress (MPa) Ratio


/ (fy M0)
Upper flange -197.43 0.43
Lower flange 268.3 0.58

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 231 / 242


Validation Manual

8.4 Class 4 Sections (ULS)


TEST NV4
Foot bridge DIN rules
Normal beams Four beams, ten spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Steel section HE280 A.
Steel grade: imposed yielding strength fy = 460 MPa.
File: TEST ROAD V2.APM
Criteria to be controlled:
Bending resistance for Class 4 Sections.

Class of the HE280A section:

rc = 24

tw = 8
ht = 270

tf = 13

bf = 280

Figure 88 : Dimensions of the section


fy = 460 MPa
= 235 / f y = 0.761
Class of the web under pure compression:
Reference: Table II-5.3.1 sheet 1 of DIN 103
d = ht 2 (tf + rc) = 196 mm
d / tw = 24.5 38 = 27.16
The class of the web is 2.
Class of the flange under compression:
Reference: Table II-5.3.1 sheet 3 of DIN 103
c = bf / 2 = 140 mm
c / tf = 10.76 > 15 = 10.72
The class of the flange is 4.

The class of the HE280A section is 4.

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 232 / 242


Validation Manual

Effective section:
The web is class 2 under pure compression, so it is completely effective.
A flange under compression is class 4 and its effective width is given by:

beff = bf = 265.7 mm

= 0.948 from DIN 103 III 4.4 (2) equation (4.3)

Considering the upper flange in tension and then completely effective and the
parameters of the slab:
Effective width of concrete: Lpart = 1.3 m
Slab thickness: ED = 150 mm
Reinforcement ratio: 1%
the characteristics of the section are:

Construction phase Other loads


(no slab)
Second moment of area (cm4) 13358 21347
Neutral axis location (cm) 137.5 174.7
Elastic modulus for the upper flange (cm3) 2240.1 1008.3
3
Elastic modulus for the lower flange (cm ) 1221.9 971.4

Verification of the section on the first intermediate pier:


The ULS criterion of resistance of a section under negative moment is controlled here after
for the section on the first intermediate pier. The moments to be considered are (calculated
by ACOBRI):

Load Case Bending


moment
(kNm)
Weight -83.7
Superstructure + -16.1
Superstructure -24.7
Equipment 0
Thermal loads +T (1) 28.4
Thermal loads -T (1) -28.4
Shrinkage (1) -50.8
Foot bridge live load -73.7
(1): hyperstatic effect

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 233 / 242


Validation Manual

The stresses in lower and upper flange are calculated for the ULS combination. The maximal
values obtained are:
Upper flange: t = 206.9 MPa
Lower flange: b = -290.1 MPa
Because of the class 4, the limit for stresses is fy / M1 = 418.2 MPa.

The stresses calculated by ACOBRI are:

t = 206.9 MPa (Deviation < 1 %)


b = -290.1 MPa (Deviation < 1 %)

The limit for these stresses considered by ACOBRI is lim = 418.2 MPa

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 234 / 242


Validation Manual

8.5 Shear stresses for double sections


8.5.1 Box girders

TEST NV3
Road bridge DIN rules
Box girders Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Steel section HE800B.
Box girders
File: TEST ROAD V3.APM
Criteria to be controlled:
Shear stresses.

Shear section of a HE800B section: Av = 161.8 cm2


Shear section for a box girder (2 HE800B): Av = 323.6 cm2

The section controlled is the left section on the intermediate pier. The shear forces and the
torsional moments calculated by ACOBRI for this section are:

Load case V (kN) Mt (kNm)


Weight (W) 478.4 0
Superstructure (SS) 185.8 0
Superstructure + (SSP) 208.1 -2.7
Thermal loads under + T (THP) -25.8 0
Thermal loads under - T (THM) 25.8 0
Shrinkage (SH) 51.5 0
Live loads UDL (UDL) 332.5 -12.0 (*)
Live loads TS (TS) 416.9 -85.3 (*)
Live footways (FW) 73.6 8.3 (*)
(*): Concomitant values

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 235 / 242


Validation Manual

The maximal shear force in the section under characteristic combination is then:

VSd = 1539.8 kN with a concomitant torsional moment: Mt = -95.2 kNm

And the associated shear stress should be:

= VSd / Av + Mt / (2 tw) = 47.6 + 11.8 = 59.4 MPa

where = (ht tf) bf = 2301 cm2

The stress calculated by ACOBRI is:

= 59.50 MPa (Deviation < 1 %)

The shear area given by ACOBRI is:

Av = 323.5 cm2

8.5.2 Box girders filled with concrete

TEST NV3b
Road bridge DIN rules
Box girders filled with concrete Two beams, two spans
Main parameters of the bridge :
Steel section HE800B.
Box girders
File: TEST ROAD V3B.APM
Criteria to be controlled:
Shear stresses.

In this case, the box girder is not closed, so that the torsional moments do not induce shear
stresses in the web.

Shear section of a HE800B section: Av = 161.8 cm2


Shear section for a box girder (2 HE800B): Av = 323.6 cm2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 236 / 242


Validation Manual

The section controlled is the left section on the intermediate pier. The shear forces calculated
by ACOBRI for this section are:

Load case V (kN)


Weight (W) 542.7
Superstructure (SS) 171.1
Superstructure + (SSP) 191.5
Thermal loads under + T (THP) -28.9
Thermal loads under - T (THM) 28.9
Shrinkage (SH) 57.7
Live loads UDL (UDL) 308.5
Live loads TS (TS) 412.8
Live footways (FW) 79.9

The maximal shear force in the section under characteristic combination is then:

VSd = 1570.6 kN

And the associated shear stress should be:

= VSd / Av = 48.54 MPa

The stress calculated by ACOBRI is:

= 48.5 MPa (Deviation <= 1 %)

The shear area given by ACOBRI is:

Av = 323.5 cm2

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 237 / 242


Validation Manual

8.6 Normal stresses for specific sections


8.6.1 Box girders and concrete haunches
The bridge of the test V3 (see chapter 8.5.1) is considered here. The normal stresses in the
lower flange of the mid span section will be calculated hereafter.
Considering the following parameters of the slab:
- effective width Lp = 4.0 m
- haunches thickness zD = 100 mm
- slab thickness ED = 250 mm
the properties of the section are calculated for each state of the concrete:

Elastic modulus
Neutral Axis Second moment
State of concrete Modular ratio of the lower
location (mm) of area (cm4)
flange (cm3)
Construction 400 718162 17954
Permanent loads 16.04 701.6 2010625 28656
Shrinkage or
16.22 699.9 2002991 28618
thermal loads
Live loads 6.31 839.6 2637021 31408

The elastic modulus of the lower flange calculated by ACOBRI are:

Elastic modulus
State of concrete of the lower
flange (cm3)
Construction 17954
Permanent loads 28657
Shrinkage or
28618
thermal loads
Live loads 31408

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 238 / 242


Validation Manual

The bending moments in the section and the normal force in the slab, calculated by ACOBRI
are:

Load case M (kNm) N (kN)


Weight (W) 1154.9
Superstructure (SS) 517.5
Superstructure + (SSP) 579.7
Thermal loads under + T (THP) (1) -97.7 1294.7
Thermal loads under - T (THM) (1) 97.7 -1294.7
Shrinkage (SH) (1) 660.9 -4013.5
Live loads UDL (UDL) (2) 1296.0
Live loads TS (TS) (2) 2158.8
Live footways (FW) (2) 306.6
(1): global moments (isostatic + hyperstatic)
(2): maximal positive moments

The associated bending normal stresses in the lower flange, considering a non cracked
concrete, are:

=M/W+N/A

Where: M: Bending moment


W: Elastic modulus of the lower flange
N: Normal force in the slab if any
A: composite area of the section

The values of for each load case are then:

Load case (MPa)


Weight (W) 64,33
Superstructure (SS) 18,06
Superstructure + (SSP) 20,23
Thermal loads under + T (THP) (1) 6,66
Thermal loads under - T (THM) (1) -6,66
Shrinkage (SH) (1) -8,14
Live loads UDL (UDL) (2) 41,26
Live loads TS (TS) (2) 68,73
Live footways (FW) (2) 9,76

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 239 / 242


Validation Manual

And then, the envelope stress in the lower flange under characteristic combination should be:

= 203.43 MPa

The stress calculated by ACOBRI is:

= 203.4 MPa (Deviation <= 1 %)

8.6.2 Box girders and reinforcement


The bridge of the test V3 (see chapter 8.5.1) is considered here. The section on intermediate
pier is reinforde by a single plate for the double section (dimensions: 500x25). The normal
stresses should then be calculated in the lower fibre of the reinforcement (and not in the
lower flange).
Considering the following parameters of the slab:
- effective width Lp = 3.34 m
- haunches thickness zD = 100 mm
- slab thickness ED = 250 mm
- reinforcement ratio = 1.8 %
the properties of the section are calculated for each state of the concrete:

Elastic modulus
Neutral Axis Second moment
State of concrete of the lower
location (mm) of area (cm4)
flange (cm3)
Construction 335.0 897411 24927
Other loads 449.4 1559087 32863

The elastic modulus of the lower flange calculated by ACOBRI are:

Elastic modulus
State of concrete of the lower
flange (cm3)
Construction 24929
Other loads 32857

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 240 / 242


Validation Manual

The bending moments in the section and the normal force in the slab, calculated by ACOBRI
are:

Load case M (kNm) N (kN)


Weight (W) -2560.6
Superstructure (SS) -914.2
Superstructure + (SSP) -1024.0
Thermal loads under + T (THP) (1) 646.4 1294.7
Thermal loads under - T (THM) (1) -646.4 -1294.7
Shrinkage (SH) (1) -1287.6 0
Live loads UDL (UDL) (2) -1485.7
Live loads TS (TS) (2) -896.6
Live footways (FW) (2) -336.0
(1): hyperstatic moments
(2): maximal negative moments

The associated bending normal stresses in the lower flange, considering a cracked concrete,
are:

=M/W

The values of for each load case are then:

Load case (MPa)


Weight (W) -102,72
Superstructure (SS) -27,82
Superstructure + (SSP) -31,16
Thermal loads under + T (THP) (1) 19,67
Thermal loads under - T (THM) (1) -19,67
Shrinkage (SH) (1) -39,18
Live loads UDL (UDL) (2) -45,21
Live loads TS (TS) (2) -27,28
Live footways (FW) (2) -10,22

And then, the envelope stress in the lower flange under characteristic combination should be:

= -262.47 MPa

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 241 / 242


Validation Manual

The stress calculated by ACOBRI is:

= -262.49 MPa (Deviation <= 1 %)

CTICM / R 13.010-01 / Rv. B 242 / 242

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen